aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/gcc/config/frv/frv.c
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'gcc/config/frv/frv.c')
-rw-r--r--gcc/config/frv/frv.c9776
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 9776 deletions
diff --git a/gcc/config/frv/frv.c b/gcc/config/frv/frv.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ef94e4ab50..00000000000
--- a/gcc/config/frv/frv.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9776 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Contributed by Red Hat, Inc.
-
-This file is part of GNU CC.
-
-GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "system.h"
-#include "rtl.h"
-#include "tree.h"
-#include "regs.h"
-#include "hard-reg-set.h"
-#include "real.h"
-#include "insn-config.h"
-#include "conditions.h"
-#include "insn-flags.h"
-#include "output.h"
-#include "insn-attr.h"
-#include "flags.h"
-#include "recog.h"
-#include "reload.h"
-#include "expr.h"
-#include "obstack.h"
-#include "except.h"
-#include "function.h"
-#include "optabs.h"
-#include "toplev.h"
-#include "basic-block.h"
-#include "tm_p.h"
-#include "ggc.h"
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "target.h"
-#include "target-def.h"
-
-#ifndef FRV_INLINE
-#define FRV_INLINE inline
-#endif
-
-/* Temporary register allocation support structure. */
-typedef struct frv_tmp_reg_struct
- {
- HARD_REG_SET regs; /* possible registers to allocate */
- int next_reg[N_REG_CLASSES]; /* next register to allocate per class */
- }
-frv_tmp_reg_t;
-
-/* Register state information for VLIW re-packing phase. These values must fit
- within an unsigned char. */
-#define REGSTATE_DEAD 0x00 /* register is currently dead */
-#define REGSTATE_CC_MASK 0x07 /* Mask to isolate CCn for cond exec */
-#define REGSTATE_LIVE 0x08 /* register is live */
-#define REGSTATE_MODIFIED 0x10 /* reg modified in current VLIW insn */
-#define REGSTATE_IF_TRUE 0x20 /* reg modified in cond exec true */
-#define REGSTATE_IF_FALSE 0x40 /* reg modified in cond exec false */
-#define REGSTATE_UNUSED 0x80 /* bit for hire */
-#define REGSTATE_MASK 0xff /* mask for the bits to set */
-
- /* conditional expression used */
-#define REGSTATE_IF_EITHER (REGSTATE_IF_TRUE | REGSTATE_IF_FALSE)
-
-/* the following is not sure in the reg_state bytes, so can have a larger value
- than 0xff. */
-#define REGSTATE_CONDJUMP 0x100 /* conditional jump done in VLIW insn */
-
-/* Used in frv_frame_accessor_t to indicate the direction of a register-to-
- memory move. */
-enum frv_stack_op
-{
- FRV_LOAD,
- FRV_STORE
-};
-
-/* Information required by frv_frame_access. */
-typedef struct
-{
- /* This field is FRV_LOAD if registers are to be loaded from the stack and
- FRV_STORE if they should be stored onto the stack. FRV_STORE implies
- the move is being done by the prologue code while FRV_LOAD implies it
- is being done by the epilogue. */
- enum frv_stack_op op;
-
- /* The base register to use when accessing the stack. This may be the
- frame pointer, stack pointer, or a temporary. The choice of register
- depends on which part of the frame is being accessed and how big the
- frame is. */
- rtx base;
-
- /* The offset of BASE from the bottom of the current frame, in bytes. */
- int base_offset;
-} frv_frame_accessor_t;
-
-/* Define the information needed to generate branch and scc insns. This is
- stored from the compare operation. */
-rtx frv_compare_op0;
-rtx frv_compare_op1;
-
-/* Conditional execution support gathered together in one structure */
-typedef struct
- {
- /* Linked list of insns to add if the conditional execution conversion was
- successful. Each link points to an EXPR_LIST which points to the pattern
- of the insn to add, and the insn to be inserted before. */
- rtx added_insns_list;
-
- /* Identify which registers are safe to allocate for if conversions to
- conditional execution. We keep the last allocated register in the
- register classes between COND_EXEC statements. This will mean we allocate
- different registers for each different COND_EXEC group if we can. This
- might allow the scheduler to intermix two different COND_EXEC sections. */
- frv_tmp_reg_t tmp_reg;
-
- /* For nested IFs, identify which CC registers are used outside of setting
- via a compare isnsn, and using via a check insn. This will allow us to
- know if we can rewrite the register to use a different register that will
- be paired with the CR register controlling the nested IF-THEN blocks. */
- HARD_REG_SET nested_cc_ok_rewrite;
-
- /* Temporary registers allocated to hold constants during conditional
- execution. */
- rtx scratch_regs[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
-
- /* Current number of temp registers available. */
- int cur_scratch_regs;
-
- /* Number of nested conditional execution blocks */
- int num_nested_cond_exec;
-
- /* Map of insns that set up constants in scratch registers. */
- bitmap scratch_insns_bitmap;
-
- /* Conditional execution test register (CC0..CC7) */
- rtx cr_reg;
-
- /* Conditional execution compare register that is paired with cr_reg, so that
- nested compares can be done. The csubcc and caddcc instructions don't
- have enough bits to specify both a CC register to be set and a CR register
- to do the test on, so the same bit number is used for both. Needless to
- say, this is rather inconvient for GCC. */
- rtx nested_cc_reg;
-
- /* Extra CR registers used for &&, ||. */
- rtx extra_int_cr;
- rtx extra_fp_cr;
-
- /* Previous CR used in nested if, to make sure we are dealing with the same
- nested if as the previous statement. */
- rtx last_nested_if_cr;
- }
-frv_ifcvt_t;
-
-static /* GTY(()) */ frv_ifcvt_t frv_ifcvt;
-
-/* Map register number to smallest register class. */
-enum reg_class regno_reg_class[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
-
-/* Map class letter into register class */
-enum reg_class reg_class_from_letter[256];
-
-/* Cached value of frv_stack_info */
-static frv_stack_t *frv_stack_cache = (frv_stack_t *)0;
-
-/* -mbranch-cost= support */
-const char *frv_branch_cost_string;
-int frv_branch_cost_int = DEFAULT_BRANCH_COST;
-
-/* -mcpu= support */
-const char *frv_cpu_string; /* -mcpu= option */
-frv_cpu_t frv_cpu_type = CPU_TYPE; /* value of -mcpu= */
-
-/* -mcond-exec-insns= support */
-const char *frv_condexec_insns_str; /* -mcond-exec-insns= option */
-int frv_condexec_insns = DEFAULT_CONDEXEC_INSNS; /* value of -mcond-exec-insns*/
-
-/* -mcond-exec-temps= support */
-const char *frv_condexec_temps_str; /* -mcond-exec-temps= option */
-int frv_condexec_temps = DEFAULT_CONDEXEC_TEMPS; /* value of -mcond-exec-temps*/
-
-/* -msched-lookahead=n */
-const char *frv_sched_lookahead_str; /* -msched-lookahead=n */
-int frv_sched_lookahead = 4; /* -msched-lookahead=n */
-
-/* Forward references */
-static int frv_default_flags_for_cpu PARAMS ((void));
-static int frv_string_begins_with PARAMS ((tree, const char *));
-static FRV_INLINE int symbol_ref_small_data_p PARAMS ((rtx));
-static FRV_INLINE int const_small_data_p PARAMS ((rtx));
-static FRV_INLINE int plus_small_data_p PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
-static void frv_print_operand_memory_reference_reg
- PARAMS ((FILE *, rtx));
-static void frv_print_operand_memory_reference PARAMS ((FILE *, rtx, int));
-static int frv_print_operand_jump_hint PARAMS ((rtx));
-static FRV_INLINE int frv_regno_ok_for_base_p PARAMS ((int, int));
-static rtx single_set_pattern PARAMS ((rtx));
-static int frv_function_contains_far_jump PARAMS ((void));
-static rtx frv_alloc_temp_reg PARAMS ((frv_tmp_reg_t *,
- enum reg_class,
- enum machine_mode,
- int, int));
-static rtx frv_frame_offset_rtx PARAMS ((int));
-static rtx frv_frame_mem PARAMS ((enum machine_mode,
- rtx, int));
-static rtx frv_dwarf_store PARAMS ((rtx, int));
-static void frv_frame_insn PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
-static void frv_frame_access PARAMS ((frv_frame_accessor_t*,
- rtx, int));
-static void frv_frame_access_multi PARAMS ((frv_frame_accessor_t*,
- frv_stack_t *, int));
-static void frv_frame_access_standard_regs PARAMS ((enum frv_stack_op,
- frv_stack_t *));
-static struct machine_function *frv_init_machine_status PARAMS ((void));
-static int frv_legitimate_memory_operand PARAMS ((rtx,
- enum machine_mode,
- int));
-static rtx frv_int_to_acc PARAMS ((enum insn_code,
- int, rtx));
-static enum machine_mode frv_matching_accg_mode PARAMS ((enum machine_mode));
-static rtx frv_read_argument PARAMS ((tree *));
-static int frv_check_constant_argument PARAMS ((enum insn_code,
- int, rtx));
-static rtx frv_legitimize_target PARAMS ((enum insn_code, rtx));
-static rtx frv_legitimize_argument PARAMS ((enum insn_code,
- int, rtx));
-static rtx frv_expand_set_builtin PARAMS ((enum insn_code,
- tree, rtx));
-static rtx frv_expand_unop_builtin PARAMS ((enum insn_code,
- tree, rtx));
-static rtx frv_expand_binop_builtin PARAMS ((enum insn_code,
- tree, rtx));
-static rtx frv_expand_cut_builtin PARAMS ((enum insn_code,
- tree, rtx));
-static rtx frv_expand_binopimm_builtin PARAMS ((enum insn_code,
- tree, rtx));
-static rtx frv_expand_voidbinop_builtin PARAMS ((enum insn_code,
- tree));
-static rtx frv_expand_voidtriop_builtin PARAMS ((enum insn_code,
- tree));
-static rtx frv_expand_voidaccop_builtin PARAMS ((enum insn_code,
- tree));
-static rtx frv_expand_mclracc_builtin PARAMS ((tree));
-static rtx frv_expand_mrdacc_builtin PARAMS ((enum insn_code,
- tree));
-static rtx frv_expand_mwtacc_builtin PARAMS ((enum insn_code,
- tree));
-static rtx frv_expand_noargs_builtin PARAMS ((enum insn_code));
-static rtx frv_emit_comparison PARAMS ((enum rtx_code, rtx,
- rtx));
-static int frv_clear_registers_used PARAMS ((rtx *, void *));
-static void frv_ifcvt_add_insn PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, int));
-static rtx frv_ifcvt_rewrite_mem PARAMS ((rtx,
- enum machine_mode,
- rtx));
-static rtx frv_ifcvt_load_value PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
-static void frv_registers_update PARAMS ((rtx, unsigned char [],
- int [], int *, int));
-static int frv_registers_used_p PARAMS ((rtx, unsigned char [],
- int));
-static int frv_registers_set_p PARAMS ((rtx, unsigned char [],
- int));
-static void frv_pack_insns PARAMS ((void));
-static void frv_function_prologue PARAMS ((FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT));
-static void frv_function_epilogue PARAMS ((FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT));
-static bool frv_assemble_integer PARAMS ((rtx, unsigned, int));
-static const char * frv_strip_name_encoding PARAMS ((const char *));
-static void frv_encode_section_info PARAMS ((tree, int));
-static void frv_init_builtins PARAMS ((void));
-static rtx frv_expand_builtin PARAMS ((tree, rtx, rtx, enum machine_mode, int));
-static bool frv_in_small_data_p PARAMS ((tree));
-
-/* Initialize the GCC target structure. */
-#undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
-#define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE frv_function_prologue
-#undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
-#define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE frv_function_epilogue
-#undef TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
-#define TARGET_ASM_INTEGER frv_assemble_integer
-#undef TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING
-#define TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING frv_strip_name_encoding
-#undef TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
-#define TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO frv_encode_section_info
-#undef TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
-#define TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS frv_init_builtins
-#undef TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
-#define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN frv_expand_builtin
-#undef TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P
-#define TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P frv_in_small_data_p
-
-struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
-
-/* Given a SYMBOL_REF, return true if it points to small data. */
-
-static FRV_INLINE int
-symbol_ref_small_data_p (x)
- rtx x;
-{
- return SDATA_NAME_P (XSTR (x, 0));
-}
-
-/* Given a CONST, return true if the symbol_ref points to small data. */
-
-static FRV_INLINE int
-const_small_data_p (x)
- rtx x;
-{
- rtx x0, x1;
-
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != PLUS)
- return FALSE;
-
- x0 = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
- if (GET_CODE (x0) != SYMBOL_REF || !SDATA_NAME_P (XSTR (x0, 0)))
- return FALSE;
-
- x1 = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1);
- if (GET_CODE (x1) != CONST_INT
- || !IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (x1), -2048, 2047))
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Given a PLUS, return true if this is a small data reference. */
-
-static FRV_INLINE int
-plus_small_data_p (op0, op1)
- rtx op0;
- rtx op1;
-{
- if (GET_MODE (op0) == SImode
- && GET_CODE (op0) == REG
- && REGNO (op0) == SDA_BASE_REG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (op1) == SYMBOL_REF)
- return symbol_ref_small_data_p (op1);
-
- if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST)
- return const_small_data_p (op1);
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-static int
-frv_default_flags_for_cpu ()
-{
- switch (frv_cpu_type)
- {
- case FRV_CPU_GENERIC:
- return MASK_DEFAULT_FRV;
-
- case FRV_CPU_FR500:
- case FRV_CPU_TOMCAT:
- return MASK_DEFAULT_FR500;
-
- case FRV_CPU_FR400:
- return MASK_DEFAULT_FR400;
-
- case FRV_CPU_FR300:
- case FRV_CPU_SIMPLE:
- return MASK_DEFAULT_SIMPLE;
- }
- abort ();
-}
-
-/* Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make
- sense on a particular target machine. You can define a macro
- `OVERRIDE_OPTIONS' to take account of this. This macro, if
- defined, is executed once just after all the command options have
- been parsed.
-
- Don't use this macro to turn on various extra optimizations for
- `-O'. That is what `OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS' is for. */
-
-void
-frv_override_options ()
-{
- int regno, i;
-
- /* Set the cpu type */
- if (frv_cpu_string)
- {
- if (strcmp (frv_cpu_string, "simple") == 0)
- frv_cpu_type = FRV_CPU_SIMPLE;
-
- else if (strcmp (frv_cpu_string, "tomcat") == 0)
- frv_cpu_type = FRV_CPU_TOMCAT;
-
- else if (strncmp (frv_cpu_string, "fr", sizeof ("fr")-1) != 0)
- error ("Unknown cpu: -mcpu=%s", frv_cpu_string);
-
- else
- {
- const char *p = frv_cpu_string + sizeof ("fr") - 1;
- if (strcmp (p, "500") == 0)
- frv_cpu_type = FRV_CPU_FR500;
-
- else if (strcmp (p, "400") == 0)
- frv_cpu_type = FRV_CPU_FR400;
-
- else if (strcmp (p, "300") == 0)
- frv_cpu_type = FRV_CPU_FR300;
-
- else if (strcmp (p, "v") == 0)
- frv_cpu_type = FRV_CPU_GENERIC;
-
- else
- error ("Unknown cpu: -mcpu=%s", frv_cpu_string);
- }
- }
-
- target_flags |= (frv_default_flags_for_cpu () & ~target_flags_explicit);
-
- /* -mlibrary-pic sets -fPIC and -G0 and also suppresses warnings from the
- linker about linking pic and non-pic code. */
- if (TARGET_LIBPIC)
- {
- if (!flag_pic) /* -fPIC */
- flag_pic = 2;
-
- if (! g_switch_set) /* -G0 */
- {
- g_switch_set = 1;
- g_switch_value = 0;
- }
- }
-
- /* Both -fpic and -gdwarf want to use .previous and the assembler only keeps
- one level. */
- if (write_symbols == DWARF_DEBUG && flag_pic)
- error ("-fpic and -gdwarf are incompatible (-fpic and -g/-gdwarf-2 are fine)");
-
- /* Change the branch cost value */
- if (frv_branch_cost_string)
- frv_branch_cost_int = atoi (frv_branch_cost_string);
-
- /* Change the # of insns to be converted to conditional execution */
- if (frv_condexec_insns_str)
- frv_condexec_insns = atoi (frv_condexec_insns_str);
-
- /* Change # of temporary registers used to hold integer constants */
- if (frv_condexec_temps_str)
- frv_condexec_temps = atoi (frv_condexec_temps_str);
-
- /* Change scheduling look ahead. */
- if (frv_sched_lookahead_str)
- frv_sched_lookahead = atoi (frv_sched_lookahead_str);
-
- /* A C expression whose value is a register class containing hard
- register REGNO. In general there is more than one such class;
- choose a class which is "minimal", meaning that no smaller class
- also contains the register. */
-
- for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
- {
- enum reg_class class;
-
- if (GPR_P (regno))
- {
- int gpr_reg = regno - GPR_FIRST;
- if ((gpr_reg & 3) == 0)
- class = QUAD_REGS;
-
- else if ((gpr_reg & 1) == 0)
- class = EVEN_REGS;
-
- else
- class = GPR_REGS;
- }
-
- else if (FPR_P (regno))
- {
- int fpr_reg = regno - GPR_FIRST;
- if ((fpr_reg & 3) == 0)
- class = QUAD_FPR_REGS;
-
- else if ((fpr_reg & 1) == 0)
- class = FEVEN_REGS;
-
- else
- class = FPR_REGS;
- }
-
- else if (regno == LR_REGNO)
- class = LR_REG;
-
- else if (regno == LCR_REGNO)
- class = LCR_REG;
-
- else if (ICC_P (regno))
- class = ICC_REGS;
-
- else if (FCC_P (regno))
- class = FCC_REGS;
-
- else if (ICR_P (regno))
- class = ICR_REGS;
-
- else if (FCR_P (regno))
- class = FCR_REGS;
-
- else if (ACC_P (regno))
- {
- int r = regno - ACC_FIRST;
- if ((r & 3) == 0)
- class = QUAD_ACC_REGS;
- else if ((r & 1) == 0)
- class = EVEN_ACC_REGS;
- else
- class = ACC_REGS;
- }
-
- else if (ACCG_P (regno))
- class = ACCG_REGS;
-
- else
- class = NO_REGS;
-
- regno_reg_class[regno] = class;
- }
-
- /* Check for small data option */
- if (!g_switch_set)
- g_switch_value = SDATA_DEFAULT_SIZE;
-
- /* A C expression which defines the machine-dependent operand
- constraint letters for register classes. If CHAR is such a
- letter, the value should be the register class corresponding to
- it. Otherwise, the value should be `NO_REGS'. The register
- letter `r', corresponding to class `GENERAL_REGS', will not be
- passed to this macro; you do not need to handle it.
-
- The following letters are unavailable, due to being used as
- constraints:
- '0'..'9'
- '<', '>'
- 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H'
- 'I', 'J', 'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P'
- 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U'
- 'V', 'X'
- 'g', 'i', 'm', 'n', 'o', 'p', 'r', 's' */
-
- for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
- reg_class_from_letter[i] = NO_REGS;
-
- reg_class_from_letter['a'] = ACC_REGS;
- reg_class_from_letter['b'] = EVEN_ACC_REGS;
- reg_class_from_letter['c'] = CC_REGS;
- reg_class_from_letter['d'] = GPR_REGS;
- reg_class_from_letter['e'] = EVEN_REGS;
- reg_class_from_letter['f'] = FPR_REGS;
- reg_class_from_letter['h'] = FEVEN_REGS;
- reg_class_from_letter['l'] = LR_REG;
- reg_class_from_letter['q'] = QUAD_REGS;
- reg_class_from_letter['t'] = ICC_REGS;
- reg_class_from_letter['u'] = FCC_REGS;
- reg_class_from_letter['v'] = ICR_REGS;
- reg_class_from_letter['w'] = FCR_REGS;
- reg_class_from_letter['x'] = QUAD_FPR_REGS;
- reg_class_from_letter['y'] = LCR_REG;
- reg_class_from_letter['z'] = SPR_REGS;
- reg_class_from_letter['A'] = QUAD_ACC_REGS;
- reg_class_from_letter['B'] = ACCG_REGS;
- reg_class_from_letter['C'] = CR_REGS;
-
- /* There is no single unaligned SI op for PIC code. Sometimes we
- need to use ".4byte" and sometimes we need to use ".picptr".
- See frv_assemble_integer for details. */
- if (flag_pic)
- targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op.si = 0;
-
- init_machine_status = frv_init_machine_status;
-}
-
-
-/* Some machines may desire to change what optimizations are performed for
- various optimization levels. This macro, if defined, is executed once just
- after the optimization level is determined and before the remainder of the
- command options have been parsed. Values set in this macro are used as the
- default values for the other command line options.
-
- LEVEL is the optimization level specified; 2 if `-O2' is specified, 1 if
- `-O' is specified, and 0 if neither is specified.
-
- SIZE is non-zero if `-Os' is specified, 0 otherwise.
-
- You should not use this macro to change options that are not
- machine-specific. These should uniformly selected by the same optimization
- level on all supported machines. Use this macro to enable machbine-specific
- optimizations.
-
- *Do not examine `write_symbols' in this macro!* The debugging options are
- *not supposed to alter the generated code. */
-
-/* On the FRV, possibly disable VLIW packing which is done by the 2nd
- scheduling pass at the current time. */
-void
-frv_optimization_options (level, size)
- int level;
- int size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- if (level >= 2)
- {
-#ifdef DISABLE_SCHED2
- flag_schedule_insns_after_reload = 0;
-#endif
-#ifdef ENABLE_RCSP
- flag_rcsp = 1;
-#endif
- }
-}
-
-
-/* Return true if NAME (a STRING_CST node) begins with PREFIX. */
-
-static int
-frv_string_begins_with (name, prefix)
- tree name;
- const char *prefix;
-{
- int prefix_len = strlen (prefix);
-
- /* Remember: NAME's length includes the null terminator. */
- return (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (name) > prefix_len
- && strncmp (TREE_STRING_POINTER (name), prefix, prefix_len) == 0);
-}
-
-/* Encode section information of DECL, which is either a VAR_DECL,
- FUNCTION_DECL, STRING_CST, CONSTRUCTOR, or ???.
-
- For the FRV we want to record:
-
- - whether the object lives in .sdata/.sbss.
- objects living in .sdata/.sbss are prefixed with SDATA_FLAG_CHAR
-
-*/
-
-static void
-frv_encode_section_info (decl, first)
- tree decl;
- int first;
-{
- if (! first)
- return;
- if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
- {
- int size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl));
- tree section_name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
- int is_small = 0;
-
- /* Don't apply the -G flag to internal compiler structures. We
- should leave such structures in the main data section, partly
- for efficiency and partly because the size of some of them
- (such as C++ typeinfos) is not known until later. */
- if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) && size > 0 && size <= g_switch_value)
- is_small = 1;
-
- /* If we already know which section the decl should be in, see if
- it's a small data section. */
- if (section_name)
- {
- if (TREE_CODE (section_name) == STRING_CST)
- {
- if (frv_string_begins_with (section_name, ".sdata"))
- is_small = 1;
- if (frv_string_begins_with (section_name, ".sbss"))
- is_small = 1;
- }
- else
- abort ();
- }
-
- if (is_small)
- {
- rtx sym_ref = XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0);
- char * str = xmalloc (2 + strlen (XSTR (sym_ref, 0)));
-
- str[0] = SDATA_FLAG_CHAR;
- strcpy (&str[1], XSTR (sym_ref, 0));
- XSTR (sym_ref, 0) = str;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/* Zero or more C statements that may conditionally modify two variables
- `fixed_regs' and `call_used_regs' (both of type `char []') after they have
- been initialized from the two preceding macros.
-
- This is necessary in case the fixed or call-clobbered registers depend on
- target flags.
-
- You need not define this macro if it has no work to do.
-
- If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target flags,
- you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify `fixed_regs' and
- `call_used_regs' to 1 for each of the registers in the classes which should
- not be used by GCC. Also define the macro `REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER' to return
- `NO_REGS' if it is called with a letter for a class that shouldn't be used.
-
- (However, if this class is not included in `GENERAL_REGS' and all of the
- insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are controlled by target
- switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using these registers when the
- target switches are opposed to them.) */
-
-void
-frv_conditional_register_usage ()
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = GPR_FIRST + NUM_GPRS; i <= GPR_LAST; i++)
- fixed_regs[i] = call_used_regs[i] = 1;
-
- for (i = FPR_FIRST + NUM_FPRS; i <= FPR_LAST; i++)
- fixed_regs[i] = call_used_regs[i] = 1;
-
- for (i = ACC_FIRST + NUM_ACCS; i <= ACC_LAST; i++)
- fixed_regs[i] = call_used_regs[i] = 1;
-
- for (i = ACCG_FIRST + NUM_ACCS; i <= ACCG_LAST; i++)
- fixed_regs[i] = call_used_regs[i] = 1;
-
- /* Reserve the registers used for conditional execution. At present, we need
- 1 ICC and 1 ICR register. */
- fixed_regs[ICC_TEMP] = call_used_regs[ICC_TEMP] = 1;
- fixed_regs[ICR_TEMP] = call_used_regs[ICR_TEMP] = 1;
-
- if (TARGET_FIXED_CC)
- {
- fixed_regs[ICC_FIRST] = call_used_regs[ICC_FIRST] = 1;
- fixed_regs[FCC_FIRST] = call_used_regs[FCC_FIRST] = 1;
- fixed_regs[ICR_FIRST] = call_used_regs[ICR_FIRST] = 1;
- fixed_regs[FCR_FIRST] = call_used_regs[FCR_FIRST] = 1;
- }
-
-#if 0
- /* If -fpic, SDA_BASE_REG is the PIC register. */
- if (g_switch_value == 0 && !flag_pic)
- fixed_regs[SDA_BASE_REG] = call_used_regs[SDA_BASE_REG] = 0;
-
- if (!flag_pic)
- fixed_regs[PIC_REGNO] = call_used_regs[PIC_REGNO] = 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Compute the stack frame layout
- *
- * Register setup:
- * +---------------+-----------------------+-----------------------+
- * |Register |type |caller-save/callee-save|
- * +---------------+-----------------------+-----------------------+
- * |GR0 |Zero register | - |
- * |GR1 |Stack pointer(SP) | - |
- * |GR2 |Frame pointer(FP) | - |
- * |GR3 |Hidden parameter | caller save |
- * |GR4-GR7 | - | caller save |
- * |GR8-GR13 |Argument register | caller save |
- * |GR14-GR15 | - | caller save |
- * |GR16-GR31 | - | callee save |
- * |GR32-GR47 | - | caller save |
- * |GR48-GR63 | - | callee save |
- * |FR0-FR15 | - | caller save |
- * |FR16-FR31 | - | callee save |
- * |FR32-FR47 | - | caller save |
- * |FR48-FR63 | - | callee save |
- * +---------------+-----------------------+-----------------------+
- *
- * Stack frame setup:
- * Low
- * SP-> |-----------------------------------|
- * | Argument area |
- * |-----------------------------------|
- * | Register save area |
- * |-----------------------------------|
- * | Local variable save area |
- * FP-> |-----------------------------------|
- * | Old FP |
- * |-----------------------------------|
- * | Hidden parameter save area |
- * |-----------------------------------|
- * | Return address(LR) storage area |
- * |-----------------------------------|
- * | Padding for alignment |
- * |-----------------------------------|
- * | Register argument area |
- * OLD SP-> |-----------------------------------|
- * | Parameter area |
- * |-----------------------------------|
- * High
- *
- * Argument area/Parameter area:
- *
- * When a function is called, this area is used for argument transfer. When
- * the argument is set up by the caller function, this area is referred to as
- * the argument area. When the argument is referenced by the callee function,
- * this area is referred to as the parameter area. The area is allocated when
- * all arguments cannot be placed on the argument register at the time of
- * argument transfer.
- *
- * Register save area:
- *
- * This is a register save area that must be guaranteed for the caller
- * function. This area is not secured when the register save operation is not
- * needed.
- *
- * Local variable save area:
- *
- * This is the area for local variables and temporary variables.
- *
- * Old FP:
- *
- * This area stores the FP value of the caller function.
- *
- * Hidden parameter save area:
- *
- * This area stores the start address of the return value storage
- * area for a struct/union return function.
- * When a struct/union is used as the return value, the caller
- * function stores the return value storage area start address in
- * register GR3 and passes it to the caller function.
- * The callee function interprets the address stored in the GR3
- * as the return value storage area start address.
- * When register GR3 needs to be saved into memory, the callee
- * function saves it in the hidden parameter save area. This
- * area is not secured when the save operation is not needed.
- *
- * Return address(LR) storage area:
- *
- * This area saves the LR. The LR stores the address of a return to the caller
- * function for the purpose of function calling.
- *
- * Argument register area:
- *
- * This area saves the argument register. This area is not secured when the
- * save operation is not needed.
- *
- * Argument:
- *
- * Arguments, the count of which equals the count of argument registers (6
- * words), are positioned in registers GR8 to GR13 and delivered to the callee
- * function. When a struct/union return function is called, the return value
- * area address is stored in register GR3. Arguments not placed in the
- * argument registers will be stored in the stack argument area for transfer
- * purposes. When an 8-byte type argument is to be delivered using registers,
- * it is divided into two and placed in two registers for transfer. When
- * argument registers must be saved to memory, the callee function secures an
- * argument register save area in the stack. In this case, a continuous
- * argument register save area must be established in the parameter area. The
- * argument register save area must be allocated as needed to cover the size of
- * the argument register to be saved. If the function has a variable count of
- * arguments, it saves all argument registers in the argument register save
- * area.
- *
- * Argument Extension Format:
- *
- * When an argument is to be stored in the stack, its type is converted to an
- * extended type in accordance with the individual argument type. The argument
- * is freed by the caller function after the return from the callee function is
- * made.
- *
- * +-----------------------+---------------+------------------------+
- * | Argument Type |Extended Type |Stack Storage Size(byte)|
- * +-----------------------+---------------+------------------------+
- * |char |int | 4 |
- * |signed char |int | 4 |
- * |unsigned char |int | 4 |
- * |[signed] short int |int | 4 |
- * |unsigned short int |int | 4 |
- * |[signed] int |No extension | 4 |
- * |unsigned int |No extension | 4 |
- * |[signed] long int |No extension | 4 |
- * |unsigned long int |No extension | 4 |
- * |[signed] long long int |No extension | 8 |
- * |unsigned long long int |No extension | 8 |
- * |float |double | 8 |
- * |double |No extension | 8 |
- * |long double |No extension | 8 |
- * |pointer |No extension | 4 |
- * |struct/union |- | 4 (*1) |
- * +-----------------------+---------------+------------------------+
- *
- * When a struct/union is to be delivered as an argument, the caller copies it
- * to the local variable area and delivers the address of that area.
- *
- * Return Value:
- *
- * +-------------------------------+----------------------+
- * |Return Value Type |Return Value Interface|
- * +-------------------------------+----------------------+
- * |void |None |
- * |[signed|unsigned] char |GR8 |
- * |[signed|unsigned] short int |GR8 |
- * |[signed|unsigned] int |GR8 |
- * |[signed|unsigned] long int |GR8 |
- * |pointer |GR8 |
- * |[signed|unsigned] long long int|GR8 & GR9 |
- * |float |GR8 |
- * |double |GR8 & GR9 |
- * |long double |GR8 & GR9 |
- * |struct/union |(*1) |
- * +-------------------------------+----------------------+
- *
- * When a struct/union is used as the return value, the caller function stores
- * the start address of the return value storage area into GR3 and then passes
- * it to the callee function. The callee function interprets GR3 as the start
- * address of the return value storage area. When this address needs to be
- * saved in memory, the callee function secures the hidden parameter save area
- * and saves the address in that area.
- */
-
-frv_stack_t *
-frv_stack_info ()
-{
- static frv_stack_t info, zero_info;
- frv_stack_t *info_ptr = &info;
- tree fndecl = current_function_decl;
- int varargs_p = 0;
- tree cur_arg;
- tree next_arg;
- int range;
- int alignment;
- int offset;
-
- /* If we've already calculated the values and reload is complete, just return now */
- if (frv_stack_cache)
- return frv_stack_cache;
-
- /* Zero all fields */
- info = zero_info;
-
- /* Set up the register range information */
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_GPR].name = "gpr";
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_GPR].first = LAST_ARG_REGNUM + 1;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_GPR].last = GPR_LAST;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_GPR].dword_p = TRUE;
-
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_FPR].name = "fpr";
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_FPR].first = FPR_FIRST;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_FPR].last = FPR_LAST;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_FPR].dword_p = TRUE;
-
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_LR].name = "lr";
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_LR].first = LR_REGNO;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_LR].last = LR_REGNO;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_LR].special_p = 1;
-
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_CC].name = "cc";
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_CC].first = CC_FIRST;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_CC].last = CC_LAST;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_CC].field_p = TRUE;
-
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_LCR].name = "lcr";
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_LCR].first = LCR_REGNO;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_LCR].last = LCR_REGNO;
-
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_STDARG].name = "stdarg";
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_STDARG].first = FIRST_ARG_REGNUM;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_STDARG].last = LAST_ARG_REGNUM;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_STDARG].dword_p = 1;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_STDARG].special_p = 1;
-
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_STRUCT].name = "struct";
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_STRUCT].first = STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_STRUCT].last = STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_STRUCT].special_p = 1;
-
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_FP].name = "fp";
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_FP].first = FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_FP].last = FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_FP].special_p = 1;
-
- /* Determine if this is a stdarg function. If so, allocate space to store
- the 6 arguments. */
- if (cfun->stdarg)
- varargs_p = 1;
-
- else
- {
- /* Find the last argument, and see if it is __builtin_va_alist. */
- for (cur_arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (fndecl); cur_arg != (tree)0; cur_arg = next_arg)
- {
- next_arg = TREE_CHAIN (cur_arg);
- if (next_arg == (tree)0)
- {
- if (DECL_NAME (cur_arg)
- && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (cur_arg)), "__builtin_va_alist"))
- varargs_p = 1;
-
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Iterate over all of the register ranges */
- for (range = 0; range < STACK_REGS_MAX; range++)
- {
- frv_stack_regs_t *reg_ptr = &(info_ptr->regs[range]);
- int first = reg_ptr->first;
- int last = reg_ptr->last;
- int size_1word = 0;
- int size_2words = 0;
- int regno;
-
- /* Calculate which registers need to be saved & save area size */
- switch (range)
- {
- default:
- for (regno = first; regno <= last; regno++)
- {
- if ((regs_ever_live[regno] && !call_used_regs[regno])
- || (current_function_calls_eh_return
- && (regno >= FIRST_EH_REGNUM && regno <= LAST_EH_REGNUM))
- || (flag_pic && cfun->uses_pic_offset_table && regno == PIC_REGNO))
- {
- info_ptr->save_p[regno] = REG_SAVE_1WORD;
- size_1word += UNITS_PER_WORD;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- /* Calculate whether we need to create a frame after everything else
- has been processed. */
- case STACK_REGS_FP:
- break;
-
- case STACK_REGS_LR:
- if (regs_ever_live[LR_REGNO]
- || profile_flag
- || frame_pointer_needed
- || (flag_pic && cfun->uses_pic_offset_table))
- {
- info_ptr->save_p[LR_REGNO] = REG_SAVE_1WORD;
- size_1word += UNITS_PER_WORD;
- }
- break;
-
- case STACK_REGS_STDARG:
- if (varargs_p)
- {
- /* If this is a stdarg function with an non varardic argument split
- between registers and the stack, adjust the saved registers
- downward */
- last -= (ADDR_ALIGN (cfun->pretend_args_size, UNITS_PER_WORD)
- / UNITS_PER_WORD);
-
- for (regno = first; regno <= last; regno++)
- {
- info_ptr->save_p[regno] = REG_SAVE_1WORD;
- size_1word += UNITS_PER_WORD;
- }
-
- info_ptr->stdarg_size = size_1word;
- }
- break;
-
- case STACK_REGS_STRUCT:
- if (cfun->returns_struct)
- {
- info_ptr->save_p[STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM] = REG_SAVE_1WORD;
- size_1word += UNITS_PER_WORD;
- }
- break;
- }
-
-
- if (size_1word)
- {
- /* If this is a field, it only takes one word */
- if (reg_ptr->field_p)
- size_1word = UNITS_PER_WORD;
-
- /* Determine which register pairs can be saved together */
- else if (reg_ptr->dword_p && TARGET_DWORD)
- {
- for (regno = first; regno < last; regno += 2)
- {
- if (info_ptr->save_p[regno] && info_ptr->save_p[regno+1])
- {
- size_2words += 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD;
- size_1word -= 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD;
- info_ptr->save_p[regno] = REG_SAVE_2WORDS;
- info_ptr->save_p[regno+1] = REG_SAVE_NO_SAVE;
- }
- }
- }
-
- reg_ptr->size_1word = size_1word;
- reg_ptr->size_2words = size_2words;
-
- if (! reg_ptr->special_p)
- {
- info_ptr->regs_size_1word += size_1word;
- info_ptr->regs_size_2words += size_2words;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Set up the sizes of each each field in the frame body, making the sizes
- of each be divisible by the size of a dword if dword operations might
- be used, or the size of a word otherwise. */
- alignment = (TARGET_DWORD? 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD : UNITS_PER_WORD);
-
- info_ptr->parameter_size = ADDR_ALIGN (cfun->outgoing_args_size, alignment);
- info_ptr->regs_size = ADDR_ALIGN (info_ptr->regs_size_2words
- + info_ptr->regs_size_1word,
- alignment);
- info_ptr->vars_size = ADDR_ALIGN (get_frame_size (), alignment);
-
- info_ptr->pretend_size = cfun->pretend_args_size;
-
- /* Work out the size of the frame, excluding the header. Both the frame
- body and register parameter area will be dword-aligned. */
- info_ptr->total_size
- = (ADDR_ALIGN (info_ptr->parameter_size
- + info_ptr->regs_size
- + info_ptr->vars_size,
- 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD)
- + ADDR_ALIGN (info_ptr->pretend_size
- + info_ptr->stdarg_size,
- 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD));
-
- /* See if we need to create a frame at all, if so add header area. */
- if (info_ptr->total_size > 0
- || info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_LR].size_1word > 0
- || info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_STRUCT].size_1word > 0)
- {
- offset = info_ptr->parameter_size;
- info_ptr->header_size = 4 * UNITS_PER_WORD;
- info_ptr->total_size += 4 * UNITS_PER_WORD;
-
- /* Calculate the offsets to save normal register pairs */
- for (range = 0; range < STACK_REGS_MAX; range++)
- {
- frv_stack_regs_t *reg_ptr = &(info_ptr->regs[range]);
- if (! reg_ptr->special_p)
- {
- int first = reg_ptr->first;
- int last = reg_ptr->last;
- int regno;
-
- for (regno = first; regno <= last; regno++)
- if (info_ptr->save_p[regno] == REG_SAVE_2WORDS
- && regno != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
- && (regno < FIRST_ARG_REGNUM
- || regno > LAST_ARG_REGNUM))
- {
- info_ptr->reg_offset[regno] = offset;
- offset += 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Calculate the offsets to save normal single registers */
- for (range = 0; range < STACK_REGS_MAX; range++)
- {
- frv_stack_regs_t *reg_ptr = &(info_ptr->regs[range]);
- if (! reg_ptr->special_p)
- {
- int first = reg_ptr->first;
- int last = reg_ptr->last;
- int regno;
-
- for (regno = first; regno <= last; regno++)
- if (info_ptr->save_p[regno] == REG_SAVE_1WORD
- && regno != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
- && (regno < FIRST_ARG_REGNUM
- || regno > LAST_ARG_REGNUM))
- {
- info_ptr->reg_offset[regno] = offset;
- offset += UNITS_PER_WORD;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Calculate the offset to save the local variables at. */
- offset = ADDR_ALIGN (offset, alignment);
- if (info_ptr->vars_size)
- {
- info_ptr->vars_offset = offset;
- offset += info_ptr->vars_size;
- }
-
- /* Align header to a dword-boundary. */
- offset = ADDR_ALIGN (offset, 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD);
-
- /* Calculate the offsets in the fixed frame. */
- info_ptr->save_p[FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM] = REG_SAVE_1WORD;
- info_ptr->reg_offset[FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM] = offset;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_FP].size_1word = UNITS_PER_WORD;
-
- info_ptr->save_p[LR_REGNO] = REG_SAVE_1WORD;
- info_ptr->reg_offset[LR_REGNO] = offset + 2*UNITS_PER_WORD;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_LR].size_1word = UNITS_PER_WORD;
-
- if (cfun->returns_struct)
- {
- info_ptr->save_p[STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM] = REG_SAVE_1WORD;
- info_ptr->reg_offset[STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM] = offset + UNITS_PER_WORD;
- info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_STRUCT].size_1word = UNITS_PER_WORD;
- }
-
- /* Calculate the offsets to store the arguments passed in registers
- for stdarg functions. The register pairs are first and the single
- register if any is last. The register save area starts on a
- dword-boundary. */
- if (info_ptr->stdarg_size)
- {
- int first = info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_STDARG].first;
- int last = info_ptr->regs[STACK_REGS_STDARG].last;
- int regno;
-
- /* Skip the header. */
- offset += 4 * UNITS_PER_WORD;
- for (regno = first; regno <= last; regno++)
- {
- if (info_ptr->save_p[regno] == REG_SAVE_2WORDS)
- {
- info_ptr->reg_offset[regno] = offset;
- offset += 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD;
- }
- else if (info_ptr->save_p[regno] == REG_SAVE_1WORD)
- {
- info_ptr->reg_offset[regno] = offset;
- offset += UNITS_PER_WORD;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (reload_completed)
- frv_stack_cache = info_ptr;
-
- return info_ptr;
-}
-
-
-/* Print the information about the frv stack offsets, etc. when debugging. */
-
-void
-frv_debug_stack (info)
- frv_stack_t *info;
-{
- int range;
-
- if (!info)
- info = frv_stack_info ();
-
- fprintf (stderr, "\nStack information for function %s:\n",
- ((current_function_decl && DECL_NAME (current_function_decl))
- ? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (current_function_decl))
- : "<unknown>"));
-
- fprintf (stderr, "\ttotal_size\t= %6d\n", info->total_size);
- fprintf (stderr, "\tvars_size\t= %6d\n", info->vars_size);
- fprintf (stderr, "\tparam_size\t= %6d\n", info->parameter_size);
- fprintf (stderr, "\tregs_size\t= %6d, 1w = %3d, 2w = %3d\n",
- info->regs_size, info->regs_size_1word, info->regs_size_2words);
-
- fprintf (stderr, "\theader_size\t= %6d\n", info->header_size);
- fprintf (stderr, "\tpretend_size\t= %6d\n", info->pretend_size);
- fprintf (stderr, "\tvars_offset\t= %6d\n", info->vars_offset);
- fprintf (stderr, "\tregs_offset\t= %6d\n", info->regs_offset);
-
- for (range = 0; range < STACK_REGS_MAX; range++)
- {
- frv_stack_regs_t *regs = &(info->regs[range]);
- if ((regs->size_1word + regs->size_2words) > 0)
- {
- int first = regs->first;
- int last = regs->last;
- int regno;
-
- fprintf (stderr, "\t%s\tsize\t= %6d, 1w = %3d, 2w = %3d, save =",
- regs->name, regs->size_1word + regs->size_2words,
- regs->size_1word, regs->size_2words);
-
- for (regno = first; regno <= last; regno++)
- {
- if (info->save_p[regno] == REG_SAVE_1WORD)
- fprintf (stderr, " %s (%d)", reg_names[regno],
- info->reg_offset[regno]);
-
- else if (info->save_p[regno] == REG_SAVE_2WORDS)
- fprintf (stderr, " %s-%s (%d)", reg_names[regno],
- reg_names[regno+1], info->reg_offset[regno]);
- }
-
- fputc ('\n', stderr);
- }
- }
-
- fflush (stderr);
-}
-
-
-
-
-/* The following variable value is TRUE if the next output insn should
- finish cpu cycle. In order words the insn will have packing bit
- (which means absence of asm code suffix `.p' on assembler. */
-
-static int frv_insn_packing_flag;
-
-/* True if the current function contains a far jump. */
-
-static int
-frv_function_contains_far_jump ()
-{
- rtx insn = get_insns ();
- while (insn != NULL
- && !(GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
- /* Ignore tablejump patterns. */
- && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != ADDR_VEC
- && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != ADDR_DIFF_VEC
- && get_attr_far_jump (insn) == FAR_JUMP_YES))
- insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
- return (insn != NULL);
-}
-
-/* For the FRV, this function makes sure that a function with far jumps
- will return correctly. It also does the VLIW packing. */
-
-static void
-frv_function_prologue (file, size)
- FILE *file;
- HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- /* If no frame was created, check whether the function uses a call
- instruction to implement a far jump. If so, save the link in gr3 and
- replace all returns to LR with returns to GR3. GR3 is used because it
- is call-clobbered, because is not available to the register allocator,
- and because all functions that take a hidden argument pointer will have
- a stack frame. */
- if (frv_stack_info ()->total_size == 0 && frv_function_contains_far_jump ())
- {
- rtx insn;
-
- /* Just to check that the above comment is true. */
- if (regs_ever_live[GPR_FIRST + 3])
- abort ();
-
- /* Generate the instruction that saves the link register. */
- fprintf (file, "\tmovsg lr,gr3\n");
-
- /* Replace the LR with GR3 in *return_internal patterns. The insn
- will now return using jmpl @(gr3,0) rather than bralr. We cannot
- simply emit a different assembly directive because bralr and jmpl
- execute in different units. */
- for (insn = get_insns(); insn != NULL; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
- if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
- {
- rtx pattern = PATTERN (insn);
- if (GET_CODE (pattern) == PARALLEL
- && XVECLEN (pattern, 0) >= 2
- && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (pattern, 0, 0)) == RETURN
- && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (pattern, 0, 1)) == USE)
- {
- rtx address = XEXP (XVECEXP (pattern, 0, 1), 0);
- if (GET_CODE (address) == REG && REGNO (address) == LR_REGNO)
- REGNO (address) = GPR_FIRST + 3;
- }
- }
- }
-
- frv_pack_insns ();
- frv_insn_packing_flag = TRUE;
-}
-
-
-/* Return the next available temporary register in a given class. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_alloc_temp_reg (info, class, mode, mark_as_used, no_abort)
- frv_tmp_reg_t *info; /* which registers are available */
- enum reg_class class; /* register class desired */
- enum machine_mode mode; /* mode to allocate register with */
- int mark_as_used; /* register not available after allocation */
- int no_abort; /* return NULL instead of aborting */
-{
- int regno = info->next_reg[ (int)class ];
- int orig_regno = regno;
- HARD_REG_SET *reg_in_class = &reg_class_contents[ (int)class ];
- int i, nr;
-
- for (;;)
- {
- if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (*reg_in_class, regno)
- && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (info->regs, regno))
- break;
-
- if (++regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- regno = 0;
- if (regno == orig_regno)
- {
- if (no_abort)
- return NULL_RTX;
- else
- abort ();
- }
- }
-
- nr = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode);
- info->next_reg[ (int)class ] = regno + nr;
-
- if (mark_as_used)
- for (i = 0; i < nr; i++)
- CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (info->regs, regno+i);
-
- return gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
-}
-
-
-/* Return an rtx with the value OFFSET, which will either be a register or a
- signed 12-bit integer. It can be used as the second operand in an "add"
- instruction, or as the index in a load or store.
-
- The function returns a constant rtx if OFFSET is small enough, otherwise
- it loads the constant into register OFFSET_REGNO and returns that. */
-static rtx
-frv_frame_offset_rtx (offset)
- int offset;
-{
- rtx offset_rtx = GEN_INT (offset);
- if (IN_RANGE_P (offset, -2048, 2047))
- return offset_rtx;
- else
- {
- rtx reg_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, OFFSET_REGNO);
- if (IN_RANGE_P (offset, -32768, 32767))
- emit_insn (gen_movsi (reg_rtx, offset_rtx));
- else
- {
- emit_insn (gen_movsi_high (reg_rtx, offset_rtx));
- emit_insn (gen_movsi_lo_sum (reg_rtx, offset_rtx));
- }
- return reg_rtx;
- }
-}
-
-/* Generate (mem:MODE (plus:Pmode BASE (frv_frame_offset OFFSET)))). The
- prologue and epilogue uses such expressions to access the stack. */
-static rtx
-frv_frame_mem (mode, base, offset)
- enum machine_mode mode;
- rtx base;
- int offset;
-{
- return gen_rtx_MEM (mode, gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
- base,
- frv_frame_offset_rtx (offset)));
-}
-
-/* Generate a frame-related expression:
-
- (set REG (mem (plus (sp) (const_int OFFSET)))).
-
- Such expressions are used in FRAME_RELATED_EXPR notes for more complex
- instructions. Marking the expressions as frame-related is superfluous if
- the note contains just a single set. But if the note contains a PARALLEL
- or SEQUENCE that has several sets, each set must be individually marked
- as frame-related. */
-static rtx
-frv_dwarf_store (reg, offset)
- rtx reg;
- int offset;
-{
- rtx set = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (reg),
- plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
- offset)),
- reg);
- RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (set) = 1;
- return set;
-}
-
-/* Emit a frame-related instruction whose pattern is PATTERN. The
- instruction is the last in a sequence that cumulatively performs the
- operation described by DWARF_PATTERN. The instruction is marked as
- frame-related and has a REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR note containing
- DWARF_PATTERN. */
-static void
-frv_frame_insn (pattern, dwarf_pattern)
- rtx pattern;
- rtx dwarf_pattern;
-{
- rtx insn = emit_insn (pattern);
- RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
- REG_NOTES (insn) = alloc_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR,
- dwarf_pattern,
- REG_NOTES (insn));
-}
-
-/* Emit instructions that transfer REG to or from the memory location (sp +
- STACK_OFFSET). The register is stored in memory if ACCESSOR->OP is
- FRV_STORE and loaded if it is FRV_LOAD. Only the prologue uses this
- function to store registers and only the epilogue uses it to load them.
-
- The caller sets up ACCESSOR so that BASE is equal to (sp + BASE_OFFSET).
- The generated instruction will use BASE as its base register. BASE may
- simply be the stack pointer, but if several accesses are being made to a
- region far away from the stack pointer, it may be more efficient to set
- up a temporary instead.
-
- Store instructions will be frame-related and will be annotated with the
- overall effect of the store. Load instructions will be followed by a
- (use) to prevent later optimizations from zapping them.
-
- The function takes care of the moves to and from SPRs, using TEMP_REGNO
- as a temporary in such cases. */
-static void
-frv_frame_access (accessor, reg, stack_offset)
- frv_frame_accessor_t *accessor;
- rtx reg;
- int stack_offset;
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (reg);
- rtx mem = frv_frame_mem (mode,
- accessor->base,
- stack_offset - accessor->base_offset);
-
- if (accessor->op == FRV_LOAD)
- {
- if (SPR_P (REGNO (reg)))
- {
- rtx temp = gen_rtx_REG (mode, TEMP_REGNO);
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp, mem));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, reg, temp));
- }
- else
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, reg, mem));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg));
- }
- else
- {
- if (SPR_P (REGNO (reg)))
- {
- rtx temp = gen_rtx_REG (mode, TEMP_REGNO);
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp, reg));
- frv_frame_insn (gen_rtx_SET (Pmode, mem, temp),
- frv_dwarf_store (reg, stack_offset));
- }
- else if (GET_MODE (reg) == DImode)
- {
- /* For DImode saves, the dwarf2 version needs to be a SEQUENCE
- with a separate save for each register. */
- rtx reg1 = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (reg));
- rtx reg2 = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (reg) + 1);
- rtx set1 = frv_dwarf_store (reg1, stack_offset);
- rtx set2 = frv_dwarf_store (reg2, stack_offset + 4);
- frv_frame_insn (gen_rtx_SET (Pmode, mem, reg),
- gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtvec (2, set1, set2)));
- }
- else
- frv_frame_insn (gen_rtx_SET (Pmode, mem, reg),
- frv_dwarf_store (reg, stack_offset));
- }
-}
-
-/* A function that uses frv_frame_access to transfer a group of registers to
- or from the stack. ACCESSOR is passed directly to frv_frame_access, INFO
- is the stack information generated by frv_stack_info, and REG_SET is the
- number of the register set to transfer. */
-static void
-frv_frame_access_multi (accessor, info, reg_set)
- frv_frame_accessor_t *accessor;
- frv_stack_t *info;
- int reg_set;
-{
- frv_stack_regs_t *regs_info;
- int regno;
-
- regs_info = &info->regs[reg_set];
- for (regno = regs_info->first; regno <= regs_info->last; regno++)
- if (info->save_p[regno])
- frv_frame_access (accessor,
- info->save_p[regno] == REG_SAVE_2WORDS
- ? gen_rtx_REG (DImode, regno)
- : gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regno),
- info->reg_offset[regno]);
-}
-
-/* Save or restore callee-saved registers that are kept outside the frame
- header. The function saves the registers if OP is FRV_STORE and restores
- them if OP is FRV_LOAD. INFO is the stack information generated by
- frv_stack_info. */
-static void
-frv_frame_access_standard_regs (op, info)
- enum frv_stack_op op;
- frv_stack_t *info;
-{
- frv_frame_accessor_t accessor;
-
- accessor.op = op;
- accessor.base = stack_pointer_rtx;
- accessor.base_offset = 0;
- frv_frame_access_multi (&accessor, info, STACK_REGS_GPR);
- frv_frame_access_multi (&accessor, info, STACK_REGS_FPR);
- frv_frame_access_multi (&accessor, info, STACK_REGS_LCR);
-}
-
-
-/* Called after register allocation to add any instructions needed for the
- prologue. Using a prologue insn is favored compared to putting all of the
- instructions in the FUNCTION_PROLOGUE macro, since it allows the scheduler
- to intermix instructions with the saves of the caller saved registers. In
- some cases, it might be necessary to emit a barrier instruction as the last
- insn to prevent such scheduling.
-
- Also any insns generated here should have RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P(insn) = 1
- so that the debug info generation code can handle them properly. */
-void
-frv_expand_prologue ()
-{
- frv_stack_t *info = frv_stack_info ();
- rtx sp = stack_pointer_rtx;
- rtx fp = frame_pointer_rtx;
- frv_frame_accessor_t accessor;
-
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_STACK)
- frv_debug_stack (info);
-
- if (info->total_size == 0)
- return;
-
- /* We're interested in three areas of the frame here:
-
- A: the register save area
- B: the old FP
- C: the header after B
-
- If the frame pointer isn't used, we'll have to set up A, B and C
- using the stack pointer. If the frame pointer is used, we'll access
- them as follows:
-
- A: set up using sp
- B: set up using sp or a temporary (see below)
- C: set up using fp
-
- We set up B using the stack pointer if the frame is small enough.
- Otherwise, it's more efficient to copy the old stack pointer into a
- temporary and use that.
-
- Note that it's important to make sure the prologue and epilogue use the
- same registers to access A and C, since doing otherwise will confuse
- the aliasing code. */
-
- /* Set up ACCESSOR for accessing region B above. If the frame pointer
- isn't used, the same method will serve for C. */
- accessor.op = FRV_STORE;
- if (frame_pointer_needed && info->total_size > 2048)
- {
- rtx insn;
-
- accessor.base = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, OLD_SP_REGNO);
- accessor.base_offset = info->total_size;
- insn = emit_insn (gen_movsi (accessor.base, sp));
- }
- else
- {
- accessor.base = stack_pointer_rtx;
- accessor.base_offset = 0;
- }
-
- /* Allocate the stack space. */
- {
- rtx asm_offset = frv_frame_offset_rtx (-info->total_size);
- rtx dwarf_offset = GEN_INT (-info->total_size);
-
- frv_frame_insn (gen_stack_adjust (sp, sp, asm_offset),
- gen_rtx_SET (Pmode,
- sp,
- gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, sp, dwarf_offset)));
- }
-
- /* If the frame pointer is needed, store the old one at (sp + FP_OFFSET)
- and point the new one to that location. */
- if (frame_pointer_needed)
- {
- int fp_offset = info->reg_offset[FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM];
-
- /* ASM_SRC and DWARF_SRC both point to the frame header. ASM_SRC is
- based on ACCESSOR.BASE but DWARF_SRC is always based on the stack
- pointer. */
- rtx asm_src = plus_constant (accessor.base,
- fp_offset - accessor.base_offset);
- rtx dwarf_src = plus_constant (sp, fp_offset);
-
- /* Store the old frame pointer at (sp + FP_OFFSET). */
- frv_frame_access (&accessor, fp, fp_offset);
-
- /* Set up the new frame pointer. */
- frv_frame_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, fp, asm_src),
- gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, fp, dwarf_src));
-
- /* Access region C from the frame pointer. */
- accessor.base = fp;
- accessor.base_offset = fp_offset;
- }
-
- /* Set up region C. */
- frv_frame_access_multi (&accessor, info, STACK_REGS_STRUCT);
- frv_frame_access_multi (&accessor, info, STACK_REGS_LR);
- frv_frame_access_multi (&accessor, info, STACK_REGS_STDARG);
-
- /* Set up region A. */
- frv_frame_access_standard_regs (FRV_STORE, info);
-
- /* If this is a varargs/stdarg function, issue a blockage to prevent the
- scheduler from moving loads before the stores saving the registers. */
- if (info->stdarg_size > 0)
- emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
-
- /* Set up pic register/small data register for this function. */
- if (flag_pic && cfun->uses_pic_offset_table)
- emit_insn (gen_pic_prologue (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, PIC_REGNO),
- gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LR_REGNO),
- gen_rtx_REG (SImode, OFFSET_REGNO)));
-}
-
-
-/* Under frv, all of the work is done via frv_expand_epilogue, but
- this function provides a convient place to do cleanup. */
-
-static void
-frv_function_epilogue (file, size)
- FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- frv_stack_cache = (frv_stack_t *)0;
-
- /* zap last used registers for conditional execution. */
- memset ((PTR) &frv_ifcvt.tmp_reg, 0, sizeof (frv_ifcvt.tmp_reg));
-
- /* release the bitmap of created insns. */
- BITMAP_XFREE (frv_ifcvt.scratch_insns_bitmap);
-}
-
-
-/* Called after register allocation to add any instructions needed for the
- epilogue. Using a epilogue insn is favored compared to putting all of the
- instructions in the FUNCTION_PROLOGUE macro, since it allows the scheduler
- to intermix instructions with the saves of the caller saved registers. In
- some cases, it might be necessary to emit a barrier instruction as the last
- insn to prevent such scheduling.
-
- If SIBCALL_P is true, the final branch back to the calling function is
- omitted, and is used for sibling call (aka tail call) sites. For sibcalls,
- we must not clobber any arguments used for parameter passing or any stack
- slots for arguments passed to the current function. */
-
-void
-frv_expand_epilogue (sibcall_p)
- int sibcall_p;
-{
- frv_stack_t *info = frv_stack_info ();
- rtx fp = frame_pointer_rtx;
- rtx sp = stack_pointer_rtx;
- rtx return_addr;
- int fp_offset;
-
- fp_offset = info->reg_offset[FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM];
-
- /* Restore the stack pointer to its original value if alloca or the like
- is used. */
- if (! current_function_sp_is_unchanging)
- emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (sp, fp, frv_frame_offset_rtx (-fp_offset)));
-
- /* Restore the callee-saved registers that were used in this function. */
- frv_frame_access_standard_regs (FRV_LOAD, info);
-
- /* Set RETURN_ADDR to the address we should return to. Set it to NULL if
- no return instruction should be emitted. */
- if (sibcall_p)
- return_addr = 0;
- else if (info->save_p[LR_REGNO])
- {
- int lr_offset;
- rtx mem;
-
- /* Use the same method to access the link register's slot as we did in
- the prologue. In other words, use the frame pointer if available,
- otherwise use the stack pointer.
-
- LR_OFFSET is the offset of the link register's slot from the start
- of the frame and MEM is a memory rtx for it. */
- lr_offset = info->reg_offset[LR_REGNO];
- if (frame_pointer_needed)
- mem = frv_frame_mem (Pmode, fp, lr_offset - fp_offset);
- else
- mem = frv_frame_mem (Pmode, sp, lr_offset);
-
- /* Load the old link register into a GPR. */
- return_addr = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, TEMP_REGNO);
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, return_addr, mem));
- }
- else
- return_addr = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LR_REGNO);
-
- /* Restore the old frame pointer. Emit a USE afterwards to make sure
- the load is preserved. */
- if (frame_pointer_needed)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, fp, gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, fp)));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, fp));
- }
-
- /* Deallocate the stack frame. */
- if (info->total_size != 0)
- {
- rtx offset = frv_frame_offset_rtx (info->total_size);
- emit_insn (gen_stack_adjust (sp, sp, offset));
- }
-
- /* If this function uses eh_return, add the final stack adjustment now. */
- if (current_function_calls_eh_return)
- emit_insn (gen_stack_adjust (sp, sp, EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX));
-
- if (return_addr)
- emit_jump_insn (gen_epilogue_return (return_addr));
-}
-
-
-/* A C compound statement that outputs the assembler code for a thunk function,
- used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple inheritance. The
- thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function, adjusting the implicit
- object parameter before handing control off to the real function.
-
- First, emit code to add the integer DELTA to the location that contains the
- incoming first argument. Assume that this argument contains a pointer, and
- is the one used to pass the `this' pointer in C++. This is the incoming
- argument *before* the function prologue, e.g. `%o0' on a sparc. The
- addition must preserve the values of all other incoming arguments.
-
- After the addition, emit code to jump to FUNCTION, which is a
- `FUNCTION_DECL'. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does not touch
- the return address. Hence returning from FUNCTION will return to whoever
- called the current `thunk'.
-
- The effect must be as if FUNCTION had been called directly with the adjusted
- first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all of the code for
- a thunk function; `FUNCTION_PROLOGUE' and `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' are not
- invoked.
-
- The THUNK_FNDECL is redundant. (DELTA and FUNCTION have already been
- extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on some targets, but
- probably not.
-
- If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++
- frontend will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls
- FUNCTION instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does not support
- varargs. */
-
-void
-frv_asm_output_mi_thunk (file, thunk_fndecl, delta, function)
- FILE *file;
- tree thunk_fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- long delta;
- tree function;
-{
- const char *name_func = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0), 0);
- const char *name_arg0 = reg_names[FIRST_ARG_REGNUM];
- const char *name_jmp = reg_names[JUMP_REGNO];
- const char *parallel = ((PACKING_FLAG_USED_P ()) ? ".p" : "");
-
- /* Do the add using an addi if possible */
- if (IN_RANGE_P (delta, -2048, 2047))
- fprintf (file, "\taddi %s,#%ld,%s\n", name_arg0, delta, name_arg0);
- else
- {
- const char *name_add = reg_names[TEMP_REGNO];
- fprintf (file, "\tsethi%s #hi(%ld),%s\n", parallel, delta, name_add);
- fprintf (file, "\tsetlo #lo(%ld),%s\n", delta, name_add);
- fprintf (file, "\tadd %s,%s,%s\n", name_add, name_arg0, name_arg0);
- }
-
- if (!flag_pic)
- {
- fprintf (file, "\tsethi%s #hi(", parallel);
- assemble_name (file, name_func);
- fprintf (file, "),%s\n", name_jmp);
-
- fprintf (file, "\tsetlo #lo(");
- assemble_name (file, name_func);
- fprintf (file, "),%s\n", name_jmp);
- }
- else
- {
- /* Use JUMP_REGNO as a temporary PIC register. */
- const char *name_lr = reg_names[LR_REGNO];
- const char *name_gppic = name_jmp;
- const char *name_tmp = reg_names[TEMP_REGNO];
-
- fprintf (file, "\tmovsg %s,%s\n", name_lr, name_tmp);
- fprintf (file, "\tcall 1f\n");
- fprintf (file, "1:\tmovsg %s,%s\n", name_lr, name_gppic);
- fprintf (file, "\tmovgs %s,%s\n", name_tmp, name_lr);
- fprintf (file, "\tsethi%s #gprelhi(1b),%s\n", parallel, name_tmp);
- fprintf (file, "\tsetlo #gprello(1b),%s\n", name_tmp);
- fprintf (file, "\tsub %s,%s,%s\n", name_gppic, name_tmp, name_gppic);
-
- fprintf (file, "\tsethi%s #gprelhi(", parallel);
- assemble_name (file, name_func);
- fprintf (file, "),%s\n", name_tmp);
-
- fprintf (file, "\tsetlo #gprello(");
- assemble_name (file, name_func);
- fprintf (file, "),%s\n", name_tmp);
-
- fprintf (file, "\tadd %s,%s,%s\n", name_gppic, name_tmp, name_jmp);
- }
-
- /* Jump to the function address */
- fprintf (file, "\tjmpl @(%s,%s)\n", name_jmp, reg_names[GPR_FIRST+0]);
-}
-
-
-/* A C expression which is nonzero if a function must have and use a frame
- pointer. This expression is evaluated in the reload pass. If its value is
- nonzero the function will have a frame pointer.
-
- The expression can in principle examine the current function and decide
- according to the facts, but on most machines the constant 0 or the constant
- 1 suffices. Use 0 when the machine allows code to be generated with no
- frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space. Use 1 when there is
- no possible advantage to avoiding a frame pointer.
-
- In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code
- without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and
- automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what
- `FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED' says. You don't need to worry about them.
-
- In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer
- register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a fixed
- register. See `FIXED_REGISTERS' for more information. */
-
-/* On frv, create a frame whenever we need to create stack */
-
-int
-frv_frame_pointer_required ()
-{
- if (! current_function_is_leaf)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (get_frame_size () != 0)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (cfun->stdarg)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (!current_function_sp_is_unchanging)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (flag_pic && cfun->uses_pic_offset_table)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (profile_flag)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (cfun->machine->frame_needed)
- return TRUE;
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-/* This macro is similar to `INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET'. It specifies the
- initial difference between the specified pair of registers. This macro must
- be defined if `ELIMINABLE_REGS' is defined. */
-
-/* See frv_stack_info for more details on the frv stack frame. */
-
-int
-frv_initial_elimination_offset (from, to)
- int from;
- int to;
-{
- frv_stack_t *info = frv_stack_info ();
- int ret = 0;
-
- if (to == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM && from == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)
- ret = info->total_size - info->pretend_size;
-
- else if (to == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM && from == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
- ret = - info->reg_offset[FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM];
-
- else if (to == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && from == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)
- ret = (info->total_size
- - info->reg_offset[FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM]
- - info->pretend_size);
-
- else
- abort ();
-
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_STACK)
- fprintf (stderr, "Eliminate %s to %s by adding %d\n",
- reg_names [from], reg_names[to], ret);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-
-/* This macro offers an alternative to using `__builtin_saveregs' and defining
- the macro `EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS'. Use it to store the anonymous register
- arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to have been
- passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can use the
- standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that pass all
- their arguments on the stack.
-
- The argument ARGS_SO_FAR is the `CUMULATIVE_ARGS' data structure, containing
- the values that obtain after processing of the named arguments. The
- arguments MODE and TYPE describe the last named argument--its machine mode
- and its data type as a tree node.
-
- The macro implementation should do two things: first, push onto the stack
- all the argument registers *not* used for the named arguments, and second,
- store the size of the data thus pushed into the `int'-valued variable whose
- name is supplied as the argument PRETEND_ARGS_SIZE. The value that you
- store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack frame.
-
- Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at compile
- time without knowing their data types, `SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS' is only
- useful on machines that have just a single category of argument register and
- use it uniformly for all data types.
-
- If the argument SECOND_TIME is nonzero, it means that the arguments of the
- function are being analyzed for the second time. This happens for an inline
- function, which is not actually compiled until the end of the source file.
- The macro `SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS' should not generate any instructions in
- this case. */
-
-void
-frv_setup_incoming_varargs (cum, mode, type, pretend_size, second_time)
- CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum;
- enum machine_mode mode;
- tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- int *pretend_size;
- int second_time;
-{
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG)
- fprintf (stderr,
- "setup_vararg: words = %2d, mode = %4s, pretend_size = %d, second_time = %d\n",
- *cum, GET_MODE_NAME (mode), *pretend_size, second_time);
-}
-
-
-/* If defined, is a C expression that produces the machine-specific code for a
- call to `__builtin_saveregs'. This code will be moved to the very beginning
- of the function, before any parameter access are made. The return value of
- this function should be an RTX that contains the value to use as the return
- of `__builtin_saveregs'.
-
- If this macro is not defined, the compiler will output an ordinary call to
- the library function `__builtin_saveregs'. */
-
-rtx
-frv_expand_builtin_saveregs ()
-{
- int offset = UNITS_PER_WORD * FRV_NUM_ARG_REGS;
-
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG)
- fprintf (stderr, "expand_builtin_saveregs: offset from ap = %d\n",
- offset);
-
- return gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, virtual_incoming_args_rtx, GEN_INT (- offset));
-}
-
-
-/* Expand __builtin_va_start to do the va_start macro. */
-
-void
-frv_expand_builtin_va_start (valist, nextarg)
- tree valist;
- rtx nextarg;
-{
- tree t;
- int num = cfun->args_info - FIRST_ARG_REGNUM - FRV_NUM_ARG_REGS;
-
- nextarg = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, virtual_incoming_args_rtx,
- GEN_INT (UNITS_PER_WORD * num));
-
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG)
- {
- fprintf (stderr, "va_start: args_info = %d, num = %d\n",
- cfun->args_info, num);
-
- debug_rtx (nextarg);
- }
-
- t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (valist), valist,
- make_tree (ptr_type_node, nextarg));
- TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t) = 1;
-
- expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
-}
-
-
-/* Expand __builtin_va_arg to do the va_arg macro. */
-
-rtx
-frv_expand_builtin_va_arg(valist, type)
- tree valist;
- tree type;
-{
- rtx addr;
- rtx mem;
- rtx reg;
-
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG)
- {
- fprintf (stderr, "va_arg:\n");
- debug_tree (type);
- }
-
- if (! AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
- return std_expand_builtin_va_arg (valist, type);
-
- addr = std_expand_builtin_va_arg (valist, ptr_type_node);
- mem = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, addr);
- reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
-
- set_mem_alias_set (mem, get_varargs_alias_set ());
- emit_move_insn (reg, mem);
-
- return reg;
-}
-
-
-/* Expand a block move operation, and return 1 if successful. Return 0
- if we should let the compiler generate normal code.
-
- operands[0] is the destination
- operands[1] is the source
- operands[2] is the length
- operands[3] is the alignment */
-
-/* Maximum number of loads to do before doing the stores */
-#ifndef MAX_MOVE_REG
-#define MAX_MOVE_REG 4
-#endif
-
-/* Maximum number of total loads to do. */
-#ifndef TOTAL_MOVE_REG
-#define TOTAL_MOVE_REG 8
-#endif
-
-int
-frv_expand_block_move (operands)
- rtx operands[];
-{
- rtx orig_dest = operands[0];
- rtx orig_src = operands[1];
- rtx bytes_rtx = operands[2];
- rtx align_rtx = operands[3];
- int constp = (GET_CODE (bytes_rtx) == CONST_INT);
- int align;
- int bytes;
- int offset;
- int num_reg;
- int i;
- rtx src_reg;
- rtx dest_reg;
- rtx src_addr;
- rtx dest_addr;
- rtx src_mem;
- rtx dest_mem;
- rtx tmp_reg;
- rtx stores[MAX_MOVE_REG];
- int move_bytes;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-
- /* If this is not a fixed size move, just call memcpy */
- if (! constp)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* If this is not a fixed size alignment, abort */
- if (GET_CODE (align_rtx) != CONST_INT)
- abort ();
-
- align = INTVAL (align_rtx);
-
- /* Anything to move? */
- bytes = INTVAL (bytes_rtx);
- if (bytes <= 0)
- return TRUE;
-
- /* Don't support real large moves. */
- if (bytes > TOTAL_MOVE_REG*align)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Move the address into scratch registers. */
- dest_reg = copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (orig_dest, 0));
- src_reg = copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (orig_src, 0));
-
- num_reg = offset = 0;
- for ( ; bytes > 0; (bytes -= move_bytes), (offset += move_bytes))
- {
- /* Calculate the correct offset for src/dest */
- if (offset == 0)
- {
- src_addr = src_reg;
- dest_addr = dest_reg;
- }
- else
- {
- src_addr = plus_constant (src_reg, offset);
- dest_addr = plus_constant (dest_reg, offset);
- }
-
- /* Generate the appropriate load and store, saving the stores
- for later. */
- if (bytes >= 4 && align >= 4)
- mode = SImode;
- else if (bytes >= 2 && align >= 2)
- mode = HImode;
- else
- mode = QImode;
-
- move_bytes = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
- tmp_reg = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
- src_mem = change_address (orig_src, mode, src_addr);
- dest_mem = change_address (orig_dest, mode, dest_addr);
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, tmp_reg, src_mem));
- stores[num_reg++] = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest_mem, tmp_reg);
-
- if (num_reg >= MAX_MOVE_REG)
- {
- for (i = 0; i < num_reg; i++)
- emit_insn (stores[i]);
- num_reg = 0;
- }
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_reg; i++)
- emit_insn (stores[i]);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-/* Expand a block clear operation, and return 1 if successful. Return 0
- if we should let the compiler generate normal code.
-
- operands[0] is the destination
- operands[1] is the length
- operands[2] is the alignment */
-
-int
-frv_expand_block_clear (operands)
- rtx operands[];
-{
- rtx orig_dest = operands[0];
- rtx bytes_rtx = operands[1];
- rtx align_rtx = operands[2];
- int constp = (GET_CODE (bytes_rtx) == CONST_INT);
- int align;
- int bytes;
- int offset;
- int num_reg;
- rtx dest_reg;
- rtx dest_addr;
- rtx dest_mem;
- int clear_bytes;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-
- /* If this is not a fixed size move, just call memcpy */
- if (! constp)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* If this is not a fixed size alignment, abort */
- if (GET_CODE (align_rtx) != CONST_INT)
- abort ();
-
- align = INTVAL (align_rtx);
-
- /* Anything to move? */
- bytes = INTVAL (bytes_rtx);
- if (bytes <= 0)
- return TRUE;
-
- /* Don't support real large clears. */
- if (bytes > TOTAL_MOVE_REG*align)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Move the address into a scratch register. */
- dest_reg = copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (orig_dest, 0));
-
- num_reg = offset = 0;
- for ( ; bytes > 0; (bytes -= clear_bytes), (offset += clear_bytes))
- {
- /* Calculate the correct offset for src/dest */
- dest_addr = ((offset == 0)
- ? dest_reg
- : plus_constant (dest_reg, offset));
-
- /* Generate the appropriate store of gr0 */
- if (bytes >= 4 && align >= 4)
- mode = SImode;
- else if (bytes >= 2 && align >= 2)
- mode = HImode;
- else
- mode = QImode;
-
- clear_bytes = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
- dest_mem = change_address (orig_dest, mode, dest_addr);
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest_mem, const0_rtx));
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-/* The following variable is used to output modifiers of assembler
- code of the current output insn.. */
-
-static rtx *frv_insn_operands;
-
-/* The following function is used to add assembler insn code suffix .p
- if it is necessary. */
-
-const char *
-frv_asm_output_opcode (f, ptr)
- FILE *f;
- const char *ptr;
-{
- int c;
-
- if (! PACKING_FLAG_USED_P())
- return ptr;
-
- for (; *ptr && *ptr != ' ' && *ptr != '\t';)
- {
- c = *ptr++;
- if (c == '%' && ((*ptr >= 'a' && *ptr <= 'z')
- || (*ptr >= 'A' && *ptr <= 'Z')))
- {
- int letter = *ptr++;
-
- c = atoi (ptr);
- frv_print_operand (f, frv_insn_operands [c], letter);
- while ((c = *ptr) >= '0' && c <= '9')
- ptr++;
- }
- else
- fputc (c, f);
- }
-
- if (!frv_insn_packing_flag)
- fprintf (f, ".p");
-
- return ptr;
-}
-
-/* The following function sets up the packing bit for the current
- output insn. Remember that the function is not called for asm
- insns. */
-
-void
-frv_final_prescan_insn (insn, opvec, noperands)
- rtx insn;
- rtx *opvec;
- int noperands ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- if (! PACKING_FLAG_USED_P())
- return;
-
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) != 'i')
- return;
-
- frv_insn_operands = opvec;
-
- /* Look for the next printable instruction. frv_pack_insns () has set
- things up so that any printable instruction will have TImode if it
- starts a new packet and VOIDmode if it should be packed with the
- previous instruction.
-
- Printable instructions will be asm_operands or match one of the .md
- patterns. Since asm instructions cannot be packed -- and will
- therefore have TImode -- this loop terminates on any recognisable
- instruction, and on any unrecognisable instruction with TImode. */
- for (insn = NEXT_INSN (insn); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
- {
- if (NOTE_P (insn))
- continue;
- else if (!INSN_P (insn))
- break;
- else if (GET_MODE (insn) == TImode || INSN_CODE (insn) != -1)
- break;
- }
-
- /* Set frv_insn_packing_flag to FALSE if the next instruction should
- be packed with this one. Set it to TRUE otherwise. If the next
- instruction is an asm insntruction, this statement will set the
- flag to TRUE, and that value will still hold when the asm operands
- themselves are printed. */
- frv_insn_packing_flag = ! (insn && INSN_P (insn)
- && GET_MODE (insn) != TImode);
-}
-
-
-
-/* A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address in a stack frame
- where the pointer to the caller's frame is stored. Assume that FRAMEADDR is
- an RTL expression for the address of the stack frame itself.
-
- If you don't define this macro, the default is to return the value of
- FRAMEADDR--that is, the stack frame address is also the address of the stack
- word that points to the previous frame. */
-
-/* The default is correct, but we need to make sure the frame gets created. */
-rtx
-frv_dynamic_chain_address (frame)
- rtx frame;
-{
- cfun->machine->frame_needed = 1;
- return frame;
-}
-
-
-/* A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the return
- address for the frame COUNT steps up from the current frame, after the
- prologue. FRAMEADDR is the frame pointer of the COUNT frame, or the frame
- pointer of the COUNT - 1 frame if `RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME' is
- defined.
-
- The value of the expression must always be the correct address when COUNT is
- zero, but may be `NULL_RTX' if there is not way to determine the return
- address of other frames. */
-
-rtx
-frv_return_addr_rtx (count, frame)
- int count ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- rtx frame;
-{
- cfun->machine->frame_needed = 1;
- return gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, plus_constant (frame, 8));
-}
-
-/* Given a memory reference MEMREF, interpret the referenced memory as
- an array of MODE values, and return a reference to the element
- specified by INDEX. Assume that any pre-modification implicit in
- MEMREF has already happened.
-
- MEMREF must be a legitimate operand for modes larger than SImode.
- GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS forbids register+register addresses, which
- this function cannot handle. */
-rtx
-frv_index_memory (memref, mode, index)
- rtx memref;
- enum machine_mode mode;
- int index;
-{
- rtx base = XEXP (memref, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (base) == PRE_MODIFY)
- base = XEXP (base, 0);
- return change_address (memref, mode,
- plus_constant (base, index * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)));
-}
-
-
-/* Print a memory address as an operand to reference that memory location. */
-void
-frv_print_operand_address (stream, x)
- FILE * stream;
- rtx x;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
- x = XEXP (x, 0);
-
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- case REG:
- fputs (reg_names [ REGNO (x)], stream);
- return;
-
- case CONST_INT:
- fprintf (stream, "%ld", (long) INTVAL (x));
- return;
-
- case SYMBOL_REF:
- assemble_name (stream, XSTR (x, 0));
- return;
-
- case LABEL_REF:
- case CONST:
- output_addr_const (stream, x);
- return;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn to frv_print_operand_address:", x);
-}
-
-
-static void
-frv_print_operand_memory_reference_reg (stream, x)
- FILE *stream;
- rtx x;
-{
- int regno = true_regnum (x);
- if (GPR_P (regno))
- fputs (reg_names[regno], stream);
- else
- fatal_insn ("Bad register to frv_print_operand_memory_reference_reg:", x);
-}
-
-/* Print a memory reference suitable for the ld/st instructions. */
-
-static void
-frv_print_operand_memory_reference (stream, x, addr_offset)
- FILE *stream;
- rtx x;
- int addr_offset;
-{
- rtx x0 = NULL_RTX;
- rtx x1 = NULL_RTX;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- case SUBREG:
- case REG:
- x0 = x;
- break;
-
- case PRE_MODIFY: /* (pre_modify (reg) (plus (reg) (reg))) */
- x0 = XEXP (x, 0);
- x1 = XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1);
- break;
-
- case CONST_INT:
- x1 = x;
- break;
-
- case PLUS:
- x0 = XEXP (x, 0);
- x1 = XEXP (x, 1);
- if (GET_CODE (x0) == CONST_INT)
- {
- x0 = XEXP (x, 1);
- x1 = XEXP (x, 0);
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn to frv_print_operand_memory_reference:", x);
- break;
-
- }
-
- if (addr_offset)
- {
- if (!x1)
- x1 = const0_rtx;
- else if (GET_CODE (x1) != CONST_INT)
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn to frv_print_operand_memory_reference:", x);
- }
-
- fputs ("@(", stream);
- if (!x0)
- fputs (reg_names[GPR_R0], stream);
- else if (GET_CODE (x0) == REG || GET_CODE (x0) == SUBREG)
- frv_print_operand_memory_reference_reg (stream, x0);
- else
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn to frv_print_operand_memory_reference:", x);
-
- fputs (",", stream);
- if (!x1)
- fputs (reg_names [GPR_R0], stream);
-
- else
- {
- switch (GET_CODE (x1))
- {
- case SUBREG:
- case REG:
- frv_print_operand_memory_reference_reg (stream, x1);
- break;
-
- case CONST_INT:
- fprintf (stream, "%ld", (long) (INTVAL (x1) + addr_offset));
- break;
-
- case SYMBOL_REF:
- if (x0 && GET_CODE (x0) == REG && REGNO (x0) == SDA_BASE_REG
- && symbol_ref_small_data_p (x1))
- {
- fputs ("#gprel12(", stream);
- assemble_name (stream, XSTR (x1, 0));
- fputs (")", stream);
- }
- else
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn to frv_print_operand_memory_reference:", x);
- break;
-
- case CONST:
- if (x0 && GET_CODE (x0) == REG && REGNO (x0) == SDA_BASE_REG
- && const_small_data_p (x1))
- {
- fputs ("#gprel12(", stream);
- assemble_name (stream, XSTR (XEXP (XEXP (x1, 0), 0), 0));
- fprintf (stream, "+%d)", INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x1, 0), 1)));
- }
- else
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn to frv_print_operand_memory_reference:", x);
- break;
-
- default:
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn to frv_print_operand_memory_reference:", x);
- }
- }
-
- fputs (")", stream);
-}
-
-
-/* Return 2 for likely branches and 0 for non-likely branches */
-
-#define FRV_JUMP_LIKELY 2
-#define FRV_JUMP_NOT_LIKELY 0
-
-static int
-frv_print_operand_jump_hint (insn)
- rtx insn;
-{
- rtx note;
- rtx labelref;
- int ret;
- HOST_WIDE_INT prob = -1;
- enum { UNKNOWN, BACKWARD, FORWARD } jump_type = UNKNOWN;
-
- if (GET_CODE (insn) != JUMP_INSN)
- abort ();
-
- /* Assume any non-conditional jump is likely. */
- if (! any_condjump_p (insn))
- ret = FRV_JUMP_LIKELY;
-
- else
- {
- labelref = condjump_label (insn);
- if (labelref)
- {
- rtx label = XEXP (labelref, 0);
- jump_type = (insn_current_address > INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (label))
- ? BACKWARD
- : FORWARD);
- }
-
- note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_BR_PROB, 0);
- if (!note)
- ret = ((jump_type == BACKWARD) ? FRV_JUMP_LIKELY : FRV_JUMP_NOT_LIKELY);
-
- else
- {
- prob = INTVAL (XEXP (note, 0));
- ret = ((prob >= (REG_BR_PROB_BASE / 2))
- ? FRV_JUMP_LIKELY
- : FRV_JUMP_NOT_LIKELY);
- }
- }
-
-#if 0
- if (TARGET_DEBUG)
- {
- char *direction;
-
- switch (jump_type)
- {
- default:
- case UNKNOWN: direction = "unknown jump direction"; break;
- case BACKWARD: direction = "jump backward"; break;
- case FORWARD: direction = "jump forward"; break;
- }
-
- fprintf (stderr,
- "%s: uid %ld, %s, probability = %ld, max prob. = %ld, hint = %d\n",
- IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (current_function_decl)),
- (long)INSN_UID (insn), direction, (long)prob,
- (long)REG_BR_PROB_BASE, ret);
- }
-#endif
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-
-/* Print an operand to a assembler instruction.
-
- `%' followed by a letter and a digit says to output an operand in an
- alternate fashion. Four letters have standard, built-in meanings described
- below. The machine description macro `PRINT_OPERAND' can define additional
- letters with nonstandard meanings.
-
- `%cDIGIT' can be used to substitute an operand that is a constant value
- without the syntax that normally indicates an immediate operand.
-
- `%nDIGIT' is like `%cDIGIT' except that the value of the constant is negated
- before printing.
-
- `%aDIGIT' can be used to substitute an operand as if it were a memory
- reference, with the actual operand treated as the address. This may be
- useful when outputting a "load address" instruction, because often the
- assembler syntax for such an instruction requires you to write the operand
- as if it were a memory reference.
-
- `%lDIGIT' is used to substitute a `label_ref' into a jump instruction.
-
- `%=' outputs a number which is unique to each instruction in the entire
- compilation. This is useful for making local labels to be referred to more
- than once in a single template that generates multiple assembler
- instructions.
-
- `%' followed by a punctuation character specifies a substitution that does
- not use an operand. Only one case is standard: `%%' outputs a `%' into the
- assembler code. Other nonstandard cases can be defined in the
- `PRINT_OPERAND' macro. You must also define which punctuation characters
- are valid with the `PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P' macro. */
-
-void
-frv_print_operand (file, x, code)
- FILE * file;
- rtx x;
- int code;
-{
- HOST_WIDE_INT value;
- int offset;
-
- if (code != 0 && !isalpha (code))
- value = 0;
-
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
- value = INTVAL (x);
-
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
- {
- if (GET_MODE (x) == SFmode)
- {
- REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
- long l;
-
- REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, x);
- REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, l);
- value = l;
- }
-
- else if (GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode)
- value = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x);
-
- else
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn in frv_print_operand, bad const_double", x);
- }
-
- else
- value = 0;
-
- switch (code)
- {
-
- case '.':
- /* Output r0 */
- fputs (reg_names[GPR_R0], file);
- break;
-
- case '#':
- fprintf (file, "%d", frv_print_operand_jump_hint (current_output_insn));
- break;
-
- case SDATA_FLAG_CHAR:
- /* Output small data area base register (gr16). */
- fputs (reg_names[SDA_BASE_REG], file);
- break;
-
- case '~':
- /* Output pic register (gr17). */
- fputs (reg_names[PIC_REGNO], file);
- break;
-
- case '*':
- /* Output the temporary integer CCR register */
- fputs (reg_names[ICR_TEMP], file);
- break;
-
- case '&':
- /* Output the temporary integer CC register */
- fputs (reg_names[ICC_TEMP], file);
- break;
-
- /* case 'a': print an address */
-
- case 'C':
- /* Print appropriate test for integer branch false operation */
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- default:
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn to frv_print_operand, 'C' modifier:", x);
-
- case EQ: fputs ("ne", file); break;
- case NE: fputs ("eq", file); break;
- case LT: fputs ("ge", file); break;
- case LE: fputs ("gt", file); break;
- case GT: fputs ("le", file); break;
- case GE: fputs ("lt", file); break;
- case LTU: fputs ("nc", file); break;
- case LEU: fputs ("hi", file); break;
- case GTU: fputs ("ls", file); break;
- case GEU: fputs ("c", file); break;
- }
- break;
-
- /* case 'c': print a constant without the constant prefix. If
- CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P(x) is not true, PRINT_OPERAND is called. */
-
- case 'c':
- /* Print appropriate test for integer branch true operation */
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- default:
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn to frv_print_operand, 'c' modifier:", x);
-
- case EQ: fputs ("eq", file); break;
- case NE: fputs ("ne", file); break;
- case LT: fputs ("lt", file); break;
- case LE: fputs ("le", file); break;
- case GT: fputs ("gt", file); break;
- case GE: fputs ("ge", file); break;
- case LTU: fputs ("c", file); break;
- case LEU: fputs ("ls", file); break;
- case GTU: fputs ("hi", file); break;
- case GEU: fputs ("nc", file); break;
- }
- break;
-
- case 'e':
- /* Print 1 for a NE and 0 for an EQ to give the final argument
- for a conditional instruction. */
- if (GET_CODE (x) == NE)
- fputs ("1", file);
-
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == EQ)
- fputs ("0", file);
-
- else
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn to frv_print_operand, 'e' modifier:", x);
- break;
-
- case 'F':
- /* Print appropriate test for floating point branch false operation */
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- default:
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn to frv_print_operand, 'F' modifier:", x);
-
- case EQ: fputs ("ne", file); break;
- case NE: fputs ("eq", file); break;
- case LT: fputs ("uge", file); break;
- case LE: fputs ("ug", file); break;
- case GT: fputs ("ule", file); break;
- case GE: fputs ("ul", file); break;
- }
- break;
-
- case 'f':
- /* Print appropriate test for floating point branch true operation */
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- default:
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn to frv_print_operand, 'f' modifier:", x);
-
- case EQ: fputs ("eq", file); break;
- case NE: fputs ("ne", file); break;
- case LT: fputs ("lt", file); break;
- case LE: fputs ("le", file); break;
- case GT: fputs ("gt", file); break;
- case GE: fputs ("ge", file); break;
- }
- break;
-
- case 'I':
- /* Print 'i' if the operand is a constant, or is a memory reference that
- adds a constant */
- if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
- x = ((GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS)
- ? XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)
- : XEXP (x, 0));
-
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case CONST_INT:
- case SYMBOL_REF:
- case CONST:
- fputs ("i", file);
- break;
- }
- break;
-
- case 'i':
- /* For jump instructions, print 'i' if the operand is a constant or
- is an expression that adds a constant */
- if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
- fputs ("i", file);
-
- else
- {
- if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT
- || (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
- && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
- || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == CONST_INT)))
- fputs ("i", file);
- }
- break;
-
- case 'L':
- /* Print the lower register of a double word register pair */
- if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
- fputs (reg_names[ REGNO (x)+1 ], file);
- else
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn to frv_print_operand, 'L' modifier:", x);
- break;
-
- /* case 'l': print a LABEL_REF */
-
- case 'M':
- case 'N':
- /* Print a memory reference for ld/st/jmp, %N prints a memory reference
- for the second word of double memory operations. */
- offset = (code == 'M') ? 0 : UNITS_PER_WORD;
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- default:
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn to frv_print_operand, 'M/N' modifier:", x);
-
- case MEM:
- frv_print_operand_memory_reference (file, XEXP (x, 0), offset);
- break;
-
- case REG:
- case SUBREG:
- case CONST_INT:
- case PLUS:
- case SYMBOL_REF:
- frv_print_operand_memory_reference (file, x, offset);
- break;
- }
- break;
-
- case 'O':
- /* Print the opcode of a command. */
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- default:
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn to frv_print_operand, 'O' modifier:", x);
-
- case PLUS: fputs ("add", file); break;
- case MINUS: fputs ("sub", file); break;
- case AND: fputs ("and", file); break;
- case IOR: fputs ("or", file); break;
- case XOR: fputs ("xor", file); break;
- case ASHIFT: fputs ("sll", file); break;
- case ASHIFTRT: fputs ("sra", file); break;
- case LSHIFTRT: fputs ("srl", file); break;
- }
- break;
-
- /* case 'n': negate and print a constant int */
-
- case 'P':
- /* Print PIC label using operand as the number. */
- if (GET_CODE (x) != CONST_INT)
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn to frv_print_operand, P modifier:", x);
-
- fprintf (file, ".LCF%ld", (long)INTVAL (x));
- break;
-
- case 'U':
- /* Print 'u' if the operand is a update load/store */
- if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_MODIFY)
- fputs ("u", file);
- break;
-
- case 'z':
- /* If value is 0, print gr0, otherwise it must be a register */
- if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (x) == 0)
- fputs (reg_names[GPR_R0], file);
-
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
- fputs (reg_names [REGNO (x)], file);
-
- else
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn in frv_print_operand, z case", x);
- break;
-
- case 'x':
- /* Print constant in hex */
- if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
- {
- fprintf (file, "%s0x%.4lx", IMMEDIATE_PREFIX, (long) value);
- break;
- }
-
- /* fall through */
-
- case '\0':
- if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
- fputs (reg_names [REGNO (x)], file);
-
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT
- || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
- fprintf (file, "%s%ld", IMMEDIATE_PREFIX, (long) value);
-
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
- frv_print_operand_address (file, XEXP (x, 0));
-
- else if (CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (x))
- frv_print_operand_address (file, x);
-
- else
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn in frv_print_operand, 0 case", x);
-
- break;
-
- default:
- fatal_insn ("frv_print_operand: unknown code", x);
- break;
- }
-
- return;
-}
-
-
-/* A C statement (sans semicolon) for initializing the variable CUM for the
- state at the beginning of the argument list. The variable has type
- `CUMULATIVE_ARGS'. The value of FNTYPE is the tree node for the data type
- of the function which will receive the args, or 0 if the args are to a
- compiler support library function. The value of INDIRECT is nonzero when
- processing an indirect call, for example a call through a function pointer.
- The value of INDIRECT is zero for a call to an explicitly named function, a
- library function call, or when `INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS' is used to find
- arguments for the function being compiled.
-
- When processing a call to a compiler support library function, LIBNAME
- identifies which one. It is a `symbol_ref' rtx which contains the name of
- the function, as a string. LIBNAME is 0 when an ordinary C function call is
- being processed. Thus, each time this macro is called, either LIBNAME or
- FNTYPE is nonzero, but never both of them at once. */
-
-void
-frv_init_cumulative_args (cum, fntype, libname, indirect, incoming)
- CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum;
- tree fntype;
- rtx libname;
- int indirect;
- int incoming;
-{
- *cum = FIRST_ARG_REGNUM;
-
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG)
- {
- fprintf (stderr, "\ninit_cumulative_args:");
- if (indirect)
- fputs (" indirect", stderr);
-
- if (incoming)
- fputs (" incoming", stderr);
-
- if (fntype)
- {
- tree ret_type = TREE_TYPE (fntype);
- fprintf (stderr, " return=%s,",
- tree_code_name[ (int)TREE_CODE (ret_type) ]);
- }
-
- if (libname && GET_CODE (libname) == SYMBOL_REF)
- fprintf (stderr, " libname=%s", XSTR (libname, 0));
-
- if (cfun->returns_struct)
- fprintf (stderr, " return-struct");
-
- putc ('\n', stderr);
- }
-}
-
-
-/* If defined, a C expression that gives the alignment boundary, in bits, of an
- argument with the specified mode and type. If it is not defined,
- `PARM_BOUNDARY' is used for all arguments. */
-
-int
-frv_function_arg_boundary (mode, type)
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- return BITS_PER_WORD;
-}
-
-
-/* A C expression that controls whether a function argument is passed in a
- register, and which register.
-
- The arguments are CUM, of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS, which summarizes (in a way
- defined by INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS and FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE) all of the previous
- arguments so far passed in registers; MODE, the machine mode of the argument;
- TYPE, the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known
- (which happens for C support library functions); and NAMED, which is 1 for an
- ordinary argument and 0 for nameless arguments that correspond to `...' in the
- called function's prototype.
-
- The value of the expression should either be a `reg' RTX for the hard
- register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument on the
- stack.
-
- For machines like the Vax and 68000, where normally all arguments are
- pushed, zero suffices as a definition.
-
- The usual way to make the ANSI library `stdarg.h' work on a machine where
- some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to cause nameless
- arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is done by making
- `FUNCTION_ARG' return 0 whenever NAMED is 0.
-
- You may use the macro `MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (MODE, TYPE)' in the definition of
- this macro to determine if this argument is of a type that must be passed in
- the stack. If `REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE' is not defined and `FUNCTION_ARG'
- returns non-zero for such an argument, the compiler will abort. If
- `REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE' is defined, the argument will be computed in the
- stack and then loaded into a register. */
-
-rtx
-frv_function_arg (cum, mode, type, named, incoming)
- CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum;
- enum machine_mode mode;
- tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- int named;
- int incoming ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- enum machine_mode xmode = (mode == BLKmode) ? SImode : mode;
- int arg_num = *cum;
- rtx ret;
- const char *debstr;
-
- /* Return a marker for use in the call instruction. */
- if (xmode == VOIDmode)
- {
- ret = const0_rtx;
- debstr = "<0>";
- }
-
- else if (arg_num <= LAST_ARG_REGNUM)
- {
- ret = gen_rtx (REG, xmode, arg_num);
- debstr = reg_names[arg_num];
- }
-
- else
- {
- ret = NULL_RTX;
- debstr = "memory";
- }
-
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG)
- fprintf (stderr,
- "function_arg: words = %2d, mode = %4s, named = %d, size = %3d, arg = %s\n",
- arg_num, GET_MODE_NAME (mode), named, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), debstr);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-
-/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to update the summarizer variable CUM to
- advance past an argument in the argument list. The values MODE, TYPE and
- NAMED describe that argument. Once this is done, the variable CUM is
- suitable for analyzing the *following* argument with `FUNCTION_ARG', etc.
-
- This macro need not do anything if the argument in question was passed on
- the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space used
- for arguments without any special help. */
-
-void
-frv_function_arg_advance (cum, mode, type, named)
- CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum;
- enum machine_mode mode;
- tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- int named;
-{
- enum machine_mode xmode = (mode == BLKmode) ? SImode : mode;
- int bytes = GET_MODE_SIZE (xmode);
- int words = (bytes + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
- int arg_num = *cum;
-
- *cum = arg_num + words;
-
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG)
- fprintf (stderr,
- "function_adv: words = %2d, mode = %4s, named = %d, size = %3d\n",
- arg_num, GET_MODE_NAME (mode), named, words * UNITS_PER_WORD);
-}
-
-
-/* A C expression for the number of words, at the beginning of an argument,
- must be put in registers. The value must be zero for arguments that are
- passed entirely in registers or that are entirely pushed on the stack.
-
- On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in registers
- and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the first N words of
- arguments are passed in registers, and the rest on the stack. If a
- multi-word argument (a `double' or a structure) crosses that boundary, its
- first few words must be passed in registers and the rest must be pushed.
- This macro tells the compiler when this occurs, and how many of the words
- should go in registers.
-
- `FUNCTION_ARG' for these arguments should return the first register to be
- used by the caller for this argument; likewise `FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG', for
- the called function. */
-
-int
-frv_function_arg_partial_nregs (cum, mode, type, named)
- CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum;
- enum machine_mode mode;
- tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- int named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- enum machine_mode xmode = (mode == BLKmode) ? SImode : mode;
- int bytes = GET_MODE_SIZE (xmode);
- int words = (bytes + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
- int arg_num = *cum;
- int ret;
-
- ret = ((arg_num <= LAST_ARG_REGNUM && arg_num + words > LAST_ARG_REGNUM+1)
- ? LAST_ARG_REGNUM - arg_num + 1
- : 0);
-
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG && ret)
- fprintf (stderr, "function_arg_partial_nregs: %d\n", ret);
-
- return ret;
-
-}
-
-
-
-/* A C expression that indicates when an argument must be passed by reference.
- If nonzero for an argument, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a
- pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself. The
- pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer to
- that type.
-
- On machines where `REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE' is not defined, a suitable
- definition of this macro might be
- #define FUNCTION_ARG_PASS_BY_REFERENCE(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) \
- MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (MODE, TYPE) */
-
-int
-frv_function_arg_pass_by_reference (cum, mode, type, named)
- CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- enum machine_mode mode;
- tree type;
- int named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- return MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (mode, type);
-}
-
-/* If defined, a C expression that indicates when it is the called function's
- responsibility to make a copy of arguments passed by invisible reference.
- Normally, the caller makes a copy and passes the address of the copy to the
- routine being called. When FUNCTION_ARG_CALLEE_COPIES is defined and is
- nonzero, the caller does not make a copy. Instead, it passes a pointer to
- the "live" value. The called function must not modify this value. If it
- can be determined that the value won't be modified, it need not make a copy;
- otherwise a copy must be made. */
-
-int
-frv_function_arg_callee_copies (cum, mode, type, named)
- CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- int named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* If defined, a C expression that indicates when it is more desirable to keep
- an argument passed by invisible reference as a reference, rather than
- copying it to a pseudo register. */
-
-int
-frv_function_arg_keep_as_reference (cum, mode, type, named)
- CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- int named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* Return true if a register is ok to use as a base or index register. */
-
-static FRV_INLINE int
-frv_regno_ok_for_base_p (regno, strict_p)
- int regno;
- int strict_p;
-{
- if (GPR_P (regno))
- return TRUE;
-
- if (strict_p)
- return (reg_renumber[regno] >= 0 && GPR_P (reg_renumber[regno]));
-
- if (regno == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)
- return TRUE;
-
- return (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
-}
-
-
-/* A C compound statement with a conditional `goto LABEL;' executed if X (an
- RTX) is a legitimate memory address on the target machine for a memory
- operand of mode MODE.
-
- It usually pays to define several simpler macros to serve as subroutines for
- this one. Otherwise it may be too complicated to understand.
-
- This macro must exist in two variants: a strict variant and a non-strict
- one. The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so
- that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is
- considered a memory reference. In contexts where some kind of register is
- required, a pseudo-register with no hard register must be rejected.
-
- The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to
- accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of register is
- required.
-
- Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this macro
- define the macro `REG_OK_STRICT'. You should use an `#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT'
- conditional to define the strict variant in that case and the non-strict
- variant otherwise.
-
- Subroutines to check for acceptable registers for various purposes (one for
- base registers, one for index registers, and so on) are typically among the
- subroutines used to define `GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS'. Then only these
- subroutine macros need have two variants; the higher levels of macros may be
- the same whether strict or not.
-
- Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a `symbol_ref' and an
- integer are stored inside a `const' RTX to mark them as constant.
- Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums specifically as
- legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply recognize any `const' as
- legitimate.
-
- Usually `PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS' is not prepared to handle constant sums that
- are not marked with `const'. It assumes that a naked `plus' indicates
- indexing. If so, then you *must* reject such naked constant sums as
- illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will be given to
- `PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS'.
-
- On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on the
- section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the macro
- `ENCODE_SECTION_INFO' to store the information into the `symbol_ref', and
- then check for it here. When you see a `const', you will have to look
- inside it to find the `symbol_ref' in order to determine the section.
-
- The best way to modify the name string is by adding text to the beginning,
- with suitable punctuation to prevent any ambiguity. Allocate the new name
- in `saveable_obstack'. You will have to modify `ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF' to
- remove and decode the added text and output the name accordingly, and define
- `(* targetm.strip_name_encoding)' to access the original name string.
-
- You can check the information stored here into the `symbol_ref' in the
- definitions of the macros `GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS' and
- `PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS'. */
-
-int
-frv_legitimate_address_p (mode, x, strict_p, condexec_p)
- enum machine_mode mode;
- rtx x;
- int strict_p;
- int condexec_p;
-{
- rtx x0, x1;
- int ret = 0;
- HOST_WIDE_INT value;
- unsigned regno0;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case SUBREG:
- x = SUBREG_REG (x);
- if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
- break;
-
- /* fall through */
-
- case REG:
- ret = frv_regno_ok_for_base_p (REGNO (x), strict_p);
- break;
-
- case PRE_MODIFY:
- x0 = XEXP (x, 0);
- x1 = XEXP (x, 1);
- if (GET_CODE (x0) != REG
- || ! frv_regno_ok_for_base_p (REGNO (x0), strict_p)
- || GET_CODE (x1) != PLUS
- || ! rtx_equal_p (x0, XEXP (x1, 0))
- || GET_CODE (XEXP (x1, 1)) != REG
- || ! frv_regno_ok_for_base_p (REGNO (XEXP (x1, 1)), strict_p))
- break;
-
- ret = 1;
- break;
-
- case CONST_INT:
- /* 12 bit immediate */
- if (condexec_p)
- ret = FALSE;
- else
- {
- ret = IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (x), -2048, 2047);
-
- /* If we can't use load/store double operations, make sure we can
- address the second word. */
- if (ret && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD)
- ret = IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (x) + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) - 1,
- -2048, 2047);
- }
- break;
-
- case PLUS:
- x0 = XEXP (x, 0);
- x1 = XEXP (x, 1);
-
- if (GET_CODE (x0) == SUBREG)
- x0 = SUBREG_REG (x0);
-
- if (GET_CODE (x0) != REG)
- break;
-
- regno0 = REGNO (x0);
- if (!frv_regno_ok_for_base_p (regno0, strict_p))
- break;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (x1))
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case SUBREG:
- x1 = SUBREG_REG (x1);
- if (GET_CODE (x1) != REG)
- break;
-
- /* fall through */
-
- case REG:
- /* Do not allow reg+reg addressing for modes > 1 word if we can't depend
- on having move double instructions */
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD)
- ret = FALSE;
- else
- ret = frv_regno_ok_for_base_p (REGNO (x1), strict_p);
- break;
-
- case CONST_INT:
- /* 12 bit immediate */
- if (condexec_p)
- ret = FALSE;
- else
- {
- value = INTVAL (x1);
- ret = IN_RANGE_P (value, -2048, 2047);
-
- /* If we can't use load/store double operations, make sure we can
- address the second word. */
- if (ret && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD)
- ret = IN_RANGE_P (value + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) - 1, -2048, 2047);
- }
- break;
-
- case SYMBOL_REF:
- if (!condexec_p
- && regno0 == SDA_BASE_REG
- && symbol_ref_small_data_p (x1))
- ret = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case CONST:
- if (!condexec_p && regno0 == SDA_BASE_REG && const_small_data_p (x1))
- ret = TRUE;
- break;
-
- }
- break;
- }
-
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_ADDR)
- {
- fprintf (stderr, "\n========== GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS, mode = %s, result = %d, addresses are %sstrict%s\n",
- GET_MODE_NAME (mode), ret, (strict_p) ? "" : "not ",
- (condexec_p) ? ", inside conditional code" : "");
- debug_rtx (x);
- }
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-
-/* A C compound statement that attempts to replace X with a valid memory
- address for an operand of mode MODE. WIN will be a C statement label
- elsewhere in the code; the macro definition may use
-
- GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (MODE, X, WIN);
-
- to avoid further processing if the address has become legitimate.
-
- X will always be the result of a call to `break_out_memory_refs', and OLDX
- will be the operand that was given to that function to produce X.
-
- The code generated by this macro should not alter the substructure of X. If
- it transforms X into a more legitimate form, it should assign X (which will
- always be a C variable) a new value.
-
- It is not necessary for this macro to come up with a legitimate address.
- The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, it is
- safe for this macro to do nothing. But often a machine-dependent strategy
- can generate better code. */
-
-rtx
-frv_legitimize_address (x, oldx, mode)
- rtx x;
- rtx oldx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- rtx ret = NULL_RTX;
-
- /* Don't try to legitimize addreses if we are not optimizing, since the
- address we generate is not a general operand, and will horribly mess
- things up when force_reg is called to try and put it in a register because
- we aren't optimizing. */
- if (optimize
- && ((GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF && symbol_ref_small_data_p (x))
- || (GET_CODE (x) == CONST && const_small_data_p (x))))
- {
- ret = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, SDA_BASE_REG), x);
- if (flag_pic)
- cfun->uses_pic_offset_table = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_ADDR && ret != NULL_RTX)
- {
- fprintf (stderr, "\n========== LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS, mode = %s, modified address\n",
- GET_MODE_NAME (mode));
- debug_rtx (ret);
- }
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a valid FRV address. CONDEXEC_P is true if
- the operand is used by a predicated instruction. */
-
-static int
-frv_legitimate_memory_operand (op, mode, condexec_p)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
- int condexec_p;
-{
- return ((GET_MODE (op) == mode || mode == VOIDmode)
- && GET_CODE (op) == MEM
- && frv_legitimate_address_p (mode, XEXP (op, 0),
- reload_completed, condexec_p));
-}
-
-
-/* Return 1 is OP is a memory operand, or will be turned into one by
- reload. */
-
-int frv_load_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (reload_in_progress)
- {
- rtx tmp = op;
- if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SUBREG)
- tmp = SUBREG_REG (tmp);
- if (GET_CODE (tmp) == REG
- && REGNO (tmp) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- op = reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (tmp)];
- }
-
- return op && memory_operand (op, mode);
-}
-
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a GPR register or a FPR register. */
-
-int gpr_or_fpr_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- if (GPR_P (regno) || FPR_P (regno) || regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- return TRUE;
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a GPR register or 12 bit signed immediate. */
-
-int gpr_or_int12_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
- return IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), -2048, 2047);
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- return GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op));
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a GPR register, or a FPR register, or a 12 bit
- signed immediate. */
-
-int gpr_fpr_or_int12_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
- return IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), -2048, 2047);
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- if (GPR_P (regno) || FPR_P (regno) || regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- return TRUE;
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a register or 6 bit signed immediate. */
-
-int fpr_or_int6_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
- return IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), -32, 31);
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- return FPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op));
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a register or 10 bit signed immediate. */
-
-int gpr_or_int10_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
- return IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), -512, 511);
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- return GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op));
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a register or an integer immediate. */
-
-int gpr_or_int_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- return GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op));
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a 12 bit signed immediate. */
-
-int int12_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return FALSE;
-
- return IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), -2048, 2047);
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a 6 bit signed immediate. */
-
-int int6_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return FALSE;
-
- return IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), -32, 31);
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a 5 bit signed immediate. */
-
-int int5_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- return GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT && IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), -16, 15);
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a 5 bit unsigned immediate. */
-
-int uint5_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- return GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT && IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), 0, 31);
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a 4 bit unsigned immediate. */
-
-int uint4_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- return GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT && IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), 0, 15);
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a 1 bit unsigned immediate (0 or 1). */
-
-int uint1_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- return GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT && IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), 0, 1);
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is an integer constant that takes 2 instructions
- to load up and can be split into sethi/setlo instructions.. */
-
-int int_2word_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- HOST_WIDE_INT value;
- REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
- long l;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case LABEL_REF:
- return (flag_pic == 0);
-
- case CONST:
- /* small data references are already 1 word */
- return (flag_pic == 0) && (! const_small_data_p (op));
-
- case SYMBOL_REF:
- /* small data references are already 1 word */
- return (flag_pic == 0) && (! symbol_ref_small_data_p (op));
-
- case CONST_INT:
- return ! IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), -32768, 32767);
-
- case CONST_DOUBLE:
- if (GET_MODE (op) == SFmode)
- {
- REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, op);
- REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, l);
- value = l;
- return ! IN_RANGE_P (value, -32768, 32767);
- }
- else if (GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode)
- {
- value = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op);
- return ! IN_RANGE_P (value, -32768, 32767);
- }
- break;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is the pic address register. */
-int
-pic_register_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- if (! flag_pic)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (REGNO (op) != PIC_REGNO)
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a symbolic reference when a PIC option is specified
- that takes 3 seperate instructions to form. */
-
-int pic_symbolic_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- if (! flag_pic)
- return FALSE;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case LABEL_REF:
- return TRUE;
-
- case SYMBOL_REF:
- /* small data references are already 1 word */
- return ! symbol_ref_small_data_p (op);
-
- case CONST:
- /* small data references are already 1 word */
- return ! const_small_data_p (op);
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is the small data register. */
-int
-small_data_register_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (REGNO (op) != SDA_BASE_REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a symbolic reference to a small data area static or
- global object. */
-
-int small_data_symbolic_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case CONST:
- return const_small_data_p (op);
-
- case SYMBOL_REF:
- return symbol_ref_small_data_p (op);
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a 16 bit unsigned immediate */
-
-int uint16_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return FALSE;
-
- return IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), 0, 0xffff);
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is an integer constant with the bottom 16 bits clear */
-
-int upper_int16_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return FALSE;
-
- return ((INTVAL (op) & 0xffff) == 0);
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is a GPR register. */
-
-int
-integer_register_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- return GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op));
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is a GPR register. Do not allow SUBREG's
- here, in order to prevent a combine bug. */
-
-int
-gpr_no_subreg_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- return GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op));
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is a FPR register. */
-
-int
-fpr_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- return FPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op));
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is an even GPR or FPR register. */
-
-int
-even_reg_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (GPR_P (regno))
- return (((regno - GPR_FIRST) & 1) == 0);
-
- if (FPR_P (regno))
- return (((regno - FPR_FIRST) & 1) == 0);
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is an odd GPR register. */
-
-int
-odd_reg_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- /* assume that reload will give us an even register */
- if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GPR_P (regno))
- return (((regno - GPR_FIRST) & 1) != 0);
-
- if (FPR_P (regno))
- return (((regno - FPR_FIRST) & 1) != 0);
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is an even GPR register. */
-
-int
-even_gpr_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (! GPR_P (regno))
- return FALSE;
-
- return (((regno - GPR_FIRST) & 1) == 0);
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is an odd GPR register. */
-
-int
-odd_gpr_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- /* assume that reload will give us an even register */
- if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (! GPR_P (regno))
- return FALSE;
-
- return (((regno - GPR_FIRST) & 1) != 0);
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is a quad aligned FPR register. */
-
-int
-quad_fpr_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (! FPR_P (regno))
- return FALSE;
-
- return (((regno - FPR_FIRST) & 3) == 0);
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is an even FPR register. */
-
-int
-even_fpr_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (! FPR_P (regno))
- return FALSE;
-
- return (((regno - FPR_FIRST) & 1) == 0);
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is an odd FPR register. */
-
-int
-odd_fpr_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- /* assume that reload will give us an even register */
- if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (! FPR_P (regno))
- return FALSE;
-
- return (((regno - FPR_FIRST) & 1) != 0);
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is a 2 word memory address that can be loaded in one
- instruction to load or store. We assume the stack and frame pointers are
- suitably aligned, and variables in the small data area. FIXME -- at some we
- should recognize other globals and statics. We can't assume that any old
- pointer is aligned, given that arguments could be passed on an odd word on
- the stack and the address taken and passed through to another function. */
-
-int
-dbl_memory_one_insn_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- rtx addr;
- rtx addr_reg;
-
- if (! TARGET_DWORD)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 2*UNITS_PER_WORD)
- return FALSE;
-
- addr = XEXP (op, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (addr) == REG)
- addr_reg = addr;
-
- else if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
- {
- rtx addr0 = XEXP (addr, 0);
- rtx addr1 = XEXP (addr, 1);
-
- if (GET_CODE (addr0) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (plus_small_data_p (addr0, addr1))
- return TRUE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (addr1) != CONST_INT)
- return FALSE;
-
- if ((INTVAL (addr1) & 7) != 0)
- return FALSE;
-
- addr_reg = addr0;
- }
-
- else
- return FALSE;
-
- if (addr_reg == frame_pointer_rtx || addr_reg == stack_pointer_rtx)
- return TRUE;
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is a 2 word memory address that needs to
- use two instructions to load or store. */
-
-int
-dbl_memory_two_insn_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 2*UNITS_PER_WORD)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (! TARGET_DWORD)
- return TRUE;
-
- return ! dbl_memory_one_insn_operand (op, mode);
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is something that can be an output for a move
- operation. */
-
-int
-move_destination_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- rtx subreg;
- enum rtx_code code;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case SUBREG:
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- subreg = SUBREG_REG (op);
- code = GET_CODE (subreg);
- if (code == MEM)
- return frv_legitimate_address_p (mode, XEXP (subreg, 0),
- reload_completed, FALSE);
-
- return (code == REG);
-
- case REG:
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-
- case MEM:
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == ADDRESSOF)
- return TRUE;
-
- return frv_legitimate_memory_operand (op, mode, FALSE);
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is something that can be an input for a move
- operation. */
-
-int
-move_source_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- rtx subreg;
- enum rtx_code code;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case CONST_INT:
- case CONST_DOUBLE:
- case SYMBOL_REF:
- case LABEL_REF:
- case CONST:
- return immediate_operand (op, mode);
-
- case SUBREG:
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- subreg = SUBREG_REG (op);
- code = GET_CODE (subreg);
- if (code == MEM)
- return frv_legitimate_address_p (mode, XEXP (subreg, 0),
- reload_completed, FALSE);
-
- return (code == REG);
-
- case REG:
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-
- case MEM:
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == ADDRESSOF)
- return TRUE;
-
- return frv_legitimate_memory_operand (op, mode, FALSE);
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is something that can be an output for a conditional
- move operation. */
-
-int
-condexec_dest_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- rtx subreg;
- enum rtx_code code;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case SUBREG:
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- subreg = SUBREG_REG (op);
- code = GET_CODE (subreg);
- if (code == MEM)
- return frv_legitimate_address_p (mode, XEXP (subreg, 0),
- reload_completed, TRUE);
-
- return (code == REG);
-
- case REG:
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-
- case MEM:
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == ADDRESSOF)
- return TRUE;
-
- return frv_legitimate_memory_operand (op, mode, TRUE);
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is something that can be an input for a conditional
- move operation. */
-
-int
-condexec_source_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- rtx subreg;
- enum rtx_code code;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case CONST_INT:
- case CONST_DOUBLE:
- return ZERO_P (op);
-
- case SUBREG:
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- subreg = SUBREG_REG (op);
- code = GET_CODE (subreg);
- if (code == MEM)
- return frv_legitimate_address_p (mode, XEXP (subreg, 0),
- reload_completed, TRUE);
-
- return (code == REG);
-
- case REG:
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-
- case MEM:
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == ADDRESSOF)
- return TRUE;
-
- return frv_legitimate_memory_operand (op, mode, TRUE);
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is a register of any flavor or a 0 of the
- appropriate type. */
-
-int
-reg_or_0_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case REG:
- case SUBREG:
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- case CONST_INT:
- case CONST_DOUBLE:
- return ZERO_P (op);
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is the link register */
-
-int
-lr_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (REGNO (op) != LR_REGNO && REGNO (op) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is a gpr register or a valid memory operation. */
-
-int
-gpr_or_memory_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- return (integer_register_operand (op, mode)
- || frv_legitimate_memory_operand (op, mode, FALSE));
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is a fpr register or a valid memory operation. */
-
-int
-fpr_or_memory_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- return (fpr_operand (op, mode)
- || frv_legitimate_memory_operand (op, mode, FALSE));
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is an icc register */
-
-int
-icc_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- return ICC_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno);
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is an fcc register */
-
-int
-fcc_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- return FCC_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno);
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is either an fcc or icc register */
-
-int
-cc_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- if (CC_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno))
- return TRUE;
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is an integer CCR register */
-
-int
-icr_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- return ICR_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno);
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is an fcc register */
-
-int
-fcr_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- return FCR_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno);
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is either an fcc or icc register */
-
-int
-cr_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- if (CR_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno))
- return TRUE;
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operand is a memory reference suitable for a call. */
-
-int
-call_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode && GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF)
- return TRUE;
-
- /* Note this doesn't allow reg+reg or reg+imm12 addressing (which should
- never occur anyway), but prevents reload from not handling the case
- properly of a call through a pointer on a function that calls
- vfork/setjmp, etc. due to the need to flush all of the registers to stack. */
- return gpr_or_int12_operand (op, mode);
-}
-
-/* Return true if operator is an kind of relational operator */
-
-int
-relational_operator (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- rtx op0;
- rtx op1;
- int regno;
-
- if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != GET_MODE (op))
- return FALSE;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- return FALSE;
-
- case EQ:
- case NE:
- case LE:
- case LT:
- case GE:
- case GT:
- case LEU:
- case LTU:
- case GEU:
- case GTU:
- break;
- }
-
- op1 = XEXP (op, 1);
- if (op1 != const0_rtx)
- return FALSE;
-
- op0 = XEXP (op, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op0);
- switch (GET_MODE (op0))
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case CCmode:
- case CC_UNSmode:
- return ICC_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno);
-
- case CC_FPmode:
- return FCC_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno);
-
- case CC_CCRmode:
- return CR_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno);
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operator is a signed integer relational operator */
-
-int
-signed_relational_operator (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- rtx op0;
- rtx op1;
- int regno;
-
- if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != GET_MODE (op))
- return FALSE;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- return FALSE;
-
- case EQ:
- case NE:
- case LE:
- case LT:
- case GE:
- case GT:
- break;
- }
-
- op1 = XEXP (op, 1);
- if (op1 != const0_rtx)
- return FALSE;
-
- op0 = XEXP (op, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op0);
- if (GET_MODE (op0) == CCmode && ICC_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno))
- return TRUE;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op0) == CC_CCRmode && CR_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno))
- return TRUE;
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operator is a signed integer relational operator */
-
-int
-unsigned_relational_operator (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- rtx op0;
- rtx op1;
- int regno;
-
- if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != GET_MODE (op))
- return FALSE;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- return FALSE;
-
- case LEU:
- case LTU:
- case GEU:
- case GTU:
- break;
- }
-
- op1 = XEXP (op, 1);
- if (op1 != const0_rtx)
- return FALSE;
-
- op0 = XEXP (op, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op0);
- if (GET_MODE (op0) == CC_UNSmode && ICC_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno))
- return TRUE;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op0) == CC_CCRmode && CR_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno))
- return TRUE;
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operator is a floating point relational operator */
-
-int
-float_relational_operator (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- rtx op0;
- rtx op1;
- int regno;
-
- if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != GET_MODE (op))
- return FALSE;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- return FALSE;
-
- case EQ: case NE:
- case LE: case LT:
- case GE: case GT:
-#if 0
- case UEQ: case UNE:
- case ULE: case ULT:
- case UGE: case UGT:
- case ORDERED:
- case UNORDERED:
-#endif
- break;
- }
-
- op1 = XEXP (op, 1);
- if (op1 != const0_rtx)
- return FALSE;
-
- op0 = XEXP (op, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op0);
- if (GET_MODE (op0) == CC_FPmode && FCC_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno))
- return TRUE;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op0) == CC_CCRmode && CR_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno))
- return TRUE;
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operator is EQ/NE of a conditional execution register. */
-
-int
-ccr_eqne_operator (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (op);
- rtx op0;
- rtx op1;
- int regno;
-
- if (mode != VOIDmode && op_mode != mode)
- return FALSE;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- return FALSE;
-
- case EQ:
- case NE:
- break;
- }
-
- op1 = XEXP (op, 1);
- if (op1 != const0_rtx)
- return FALSE;
-
- op0 = XEXP (op, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op0);
- if (op_mode == CC_CCRmode && CR_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno))
- return TRUE;
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operator is a minimum or maximum operator (both signed and
- unsigned). */
-
-int
-minmax_operator (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != GET_MODE (op))
- return FALSE;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- return FALSE;
-
- case SMIN:
- case SMAX:
- case UMIN:
- case UMAX:
- break;
- }
-
- if (! integer_register_operand (XEXP (op, 0), mode))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (! gpr_or_int10_operand (XEXP (op, 1), mode))
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operator is an integer binary operator that can executed
- conditionally and takes 1 cycle. */
-
-int
-condexec_si_binary_operator (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (op);
-
- if (mode != VOIDmode && op_mode != mode)
- return FALSE;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- return FALSE;
-
- case PLUS:
- case MINUS:
- case AND:
- case IOR:
- case XOR:
- case ASHIFT:
- case ASHIFTRT:
- case LSHIFTRT:
- return TRUE;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return true if operator is an integer binary operator that can be
- executed conditionally by a media instruction. */
-
-int
-condexec_si_media_operator (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (op);
-
- if (mode != VOIDmode && op_mode != mode)
- return FALSE;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- return FALSE;
-
- case AND:
- case IOR:
- case XOR:
- return TRUE;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return true if operator is an integer division operator that can executed
- conditionally. */
-
-int
-condexec_si_divide_operator (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (op);
-
- if (mode != VOIDmode && op_mode != mode)
- return FALSE;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- return FALSE;
-
- case DIV:
- case UDIV:
- return TRUE;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return true if operator is an integer unary operator that can executed
- conditionally. */
-
-int
-condexec_si_unary_operator (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (op);
-
- if (mode != VOIDmode && op_mode != mode)
- return FALSE;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- return FALSE;
-
- case NEG:
- case NOT:
- return TRUE;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return true if operator is a conversion-type expression that can be
- evaluated conditionally by floating-point instructions. */
-
-int
-condexec_sf_conv_operator (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (op);
-
- if (mode != VOIDmode && op_mode != mode)
- return FALSE;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- return FALSE;
-
- case NEG:
- case ABS:
- return TRUE;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return true if operator is an addition or subtraction expression.
- Such expressions can be evaluated conditionally by floating-point
- instructions. */
-
-int
-condexec_sf_add_operator (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (op);
-
- if (mode != VOIDmode && op_mode != mode)
- return FALSE;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- return FALSE;
-
- case PLUS:
- case MINUS:
- return TRUE;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return true if the memory operand is one that can be conditionally
- executed. */
-
-int
-condexec_memory_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (op);
- rtx addr;
-
- if (mode != VOIDmode && op_mode != mode)
- return FALSE;
-
- switch (op_mode)
- {
- default:
- return FALSE;
-
- case QImode:
- case HImode:
- case SImode:
- case SFmode:
- break;
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM)
- return FALSE;
-
- addr = XEXP (op, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (addr) == ADDRESSOF)
- return TRUE;
-
- return frv_legitimate_address_p (mode, addr, reload_completed, TRUE);
-}
-
-/* Return true if operator is an integer binary operator that can be combined
- with a setcc operation. Do not allow the arithmetic operations that could
- potentially overflow since the FR-V sets the condition code based on the
- "true" value of the result, not the result after truncating to a 32-bit
- register. */
-
-int
-intop_compare_operator (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (op);
-
- if (mode != VOIDmode && op_mode != mode)
- return FALSE;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- return FALSE;
-
- case AND:
- case IOR:
- case XOR:
- case ASHIFTRT:
- case LSHIFTRT:
- break;
- }
-
- if (! integer_register_operand (XEXP (op, 0), SImode))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (! gpr_or_int10_operand (XEXP (op, 1), SImode))
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if operator is an integer binary operator that can be combined
- with a setcc operation inside of a conditional execution. */
-
-int
-condexec_intop_cmp_operator (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (op);
-
- if (mode != VOIDmode && op_mode != mode)
- return FALSE;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- default:
- return FALSE;
-
- case AND:
- case IOR:
- case XOR:
- case ASHIFTRT:
- case LSHIFTRT:
- break;
- }
-
- if (! integer_register_operand (XEXP (op, 0), SImode))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (! integer_register_operand (XEXP (op, 1), SImode))
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a valid ACC register number */
-
-int
-acc_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- return ACC_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno);
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a valid even ACC register number */
-
-int
-even_acc_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- return (ACC_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno) && ((regno - ACC_FIRST) & 1) == 0);
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is zero or four */
-
-int
-quad_acc_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int regno;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- regno = REGNO (op);
- return (ACC_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno) && ((regno - ACC_FIRST) & 3) == 0);
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if operand is a valid ACCG register number */
-
-int
-accg_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) != REG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- return ACCG_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op));
-}
-
-
-/* Return true if the bare return instruction can be used outside of the
- epilog code. For frv, we only do it if there was no stack allocation. */
-
-int
-direct_return_p ()
-{
- frv_stack_t *info;
-
- if (!reload_completed)
- return FALSE;
-
- info = frv_stack_info ();
- return (info->total_size == 0);
-}
-
-
-/* Emit code to handle a MOVSI, adding in the small data register or pic
- register if needed to load up addresses. Return TRUE if the appropriate
- instructions are emitted. */
-
-int
-frv_emit_movsi (dest, src)
- rtx dest;
- rtx src;
-{
- int base_regno = -1;
-
- if (!reload_in_progress
- && !reload_completed
- && !register_operand (dest, SImode)
- && (!reg_or_0_operand (src, SImode)
- /* Virtual registers will almost always be replaced by an
- add instruction, so expose this to CSE by copying to
- an intermediate register */
- || (GET_CODE (src) == REG
- && IN_RANGE_P (REGNO (src),
- FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER,
- LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER))))
- {
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, copy_to_mode_reg (SImode, src)));
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- /* Explicitly add in the PIC or small data register if needed. */
- switch (GET_CODE (src))
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case LABEL_REF:
- if (flag_pic)
- base_regno = PIC_REGNO;
-
- break;
-
- case CONST:
- if (const_small_data_p (src))
- base_regno = SDA_BASE_REG;
-
- else if (flag_pic)
- base_regno = PIC_REGNO;
-
- break;
-
- case SYMBOL_REF:
- if (symbol_ref_small_data_p (src))
- base_regno = SDA_BASE_REG;
-
- else if (flag_pic)
- base_regno = PIC_REGNO;
-
- break;
- }
-
- if (base_regno >= 0)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest,
- gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
- gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, base_regno),
- src)));
-
- if (base_regno == PIC_REGNO)
- cfun->uses_pic_offset_table = TRUE;
-
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-/* Return a string to output a single word move. */
-
-const char *
-output_move_single (operands, insn)
- rtx operands[];
- rtx insn;
-{
- rtx dest = operands[0];
- rtx src = operands[1];
-
- if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
- {
- int dest_regno = REGNO (dest);
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (dest);
-
- if (GPR_P (dest_regno))
- {
- if (GET_CODE (src) == REG)
- {
- /* gpr <- some sort of register */
- int src_regno = REGNO (src);
-
- if (GPR_P (src_regno))
- return "mov %1, %0";
-
- else if (FPR_P (src_regno))
- return "movfg %1, %0";
-
- else if (SPR_P (src_regno))
- return "movsg %1, %0";
- }
-
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == MEM)
- {
- /* gpr <- memory */
- switch (mode)
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case QImode:
- return "ldsb%I1%U1 %M1,%0";
-
- case HImode:
- return "ldsh%I1%U1 %M1,%0";
-
- case SImode:
- case SFmode:
- return "ld%I1%U1 %M1, %0";
- }
- }
-
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == CONST_INT
- || GET_CODE (src) == CONST_DOUBLE)
- {
- /* gpr <- integer/floating constant */
- HOST_WIDE_INT value;
-
- if (GET_CODE (src) == CONST_INT)
- value = INTVAL (src);
-
- else if (mode == SFmode)
- {
- REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
- long l;
-
- REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, src);
- REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, l);
- value = l;
- }
-
- else
- value = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (src);
-
- if (IN_RANGE_P (value, -32768, 32767))
- return "setlos %1, %0";
-
- return "#";
- }
-
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == SYMBOL_REF
- || GET_CODE (src) == LABEL_REF
- || GET_CODE (src) == CONST)
- {
- /* Silently fix up instances where the small data pointer is not
- used in the address. */
- if (small_data_symbolic_operand (src, GET_MODE (src)))
- return "addi %@, #gprel12(%1), %0";
-
- return "#";
- }
- }
-
- else if (FPR_P (dest_regno))
- {
- if (GET_CODE (src) == REG)
- {
- /* fpr <- some sort of register */
- int src_regno = REGNO (src);
-
- if (GPR_P (src_regno))
- return "movgf %1, %0";
-
- else if (FPR_P (src_regno))
- {
- if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT)
- return "fmovs %1, %0";
- else
- return "mor %1, %1, %0";
- }
- }
-
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == MEM)
- {
- /* fpr <- memory */
- switch (mode)
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case QImode:
- return "ldbf%I1%U1 %M1,%0";
-
- case HImode:
- return "ldhf%I1%U1 %M1,%0";
-
- case SImode:
- case SFmode:
- return "ldf%I1%U1 %M1, %0";
- }
- }
-
- else if (ZERO_P (src))
- return "movgf %., %0";
- }
-
- else if (SPR_P (dest_regno))
- {
- if (GET_CODE (src) == REG)
- {
- /* spr <- some sort of register */
- int src_regno = REGNO (src);
-
- if (GPR_P (src_regno))
- return "movgs %1, %0";
- }
- }
- }
-
- else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (src) == REG)
- {
- int src_regno = REGNO (src);
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (dest);
-
- if (GPR_P (src_regno))
- {
- switch (mode)
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case QImode:
- return "stb%I0%U0 %1, %M0";
-
- case HImode:
- return "sth%I0%U0 %1, %M0";
-
- case SImode:
- case SFmode:
- return "st%I0%U0 %1, %M0";
- }
- }
-
- else if (FPR_P (src_regno))
- {
- switch (mode)
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case QImode:
- return "stbf%I0%U0 %1, %M0";
-
- case HImode:
- return "sthf%I0%U0 %1, %M0";
-
- case SImode:
- case SFmode:
- return "stf%I0%U0 %1, %M0";
- }
- }
- }
-
- else if (ZERO_P (src))
- {
- switch (GET_MODE (dest))
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case QImode:
- return "stb%I0%U0 %., %M0";
-
- case HImode:
- return "sth%I0%U0 %., %M0";
-
- case SImode:
- case SFmode:
- return "st%I0%U0 %., %M0";
- }
- }
- }
-
- fatal_insn ("Bad output_move_single operand", insn);
- return "";
-}
-
-
-/* Return a string to output a double word move. */
-
-const char *
-output_move_double (operands, insn)
- rtx operands[];
- rtx insn;
-{
- rtx dest = operands[0];
- rtx src = operands[1];
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (dest);
-
- if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
- {
- int dest_regno = REGNO (dest);
-
- if (GPR_P (dest_regno))
- {
- if (GET_CODE (src) == REG)
- {
- /* gpr <- some sort of register */
- int src_regno = REGNO (src);
-
- if (GPR_P (src_regno))
- return "#";
-
- else if (FPR_P (src_regno))
- {
- if (((dest_regno - GPR_FIRST) & 1) == 0
- && ((src_regno - FPR_FIRST) & 1) == 0)
- return "movfgd %1, %0";
-
- return "#";
- }
- }
-
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == MEM)
- {
- /* gpr <- memory */
- if (dbl_memory_one_insn_operand (src, mode))
- return "ldd%I1%U1 %M1, %0";
-
- return "#";
- }
-
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == CONST_INT
- || GET_CODE (src) == CONST_DOUBLE)
- return "#";
- }
-
- else if (FPR_P (dest_regno))
- {
- if (GET_CODE (src) == REG)
- {
- /* fpr <- some sort of register */
- int src_regno = REGNO (src);
-
- if (GPR_P (src_regno))
- {
- if (((dest_regno - FPR_FIRST) & 1) == 0
- && ((src_regno - GPR_FIRST) & 1) == 0)
- return "movgfd %1, %0";
-
- return "#";
- }
-
- else if (FPR_P (src_regno))
- {
- if (TARGET_DOUBLE
- && ((dest_regno - FPR_FIRST) & 1) == 0
- && ((src_regno - FPR_FIRST) & 1) == 0)
- return "fmovd %1, %0";
-
- return "#";
- }
- }
-
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == MEM)
- {
- /* fpr <- memory */
- if (dbl_memory_one_insn_operand (src, mode))
- return "lddf%I1%U1 %M1, %0";
-
- return "#";
- }
-
- else if (ZERO_P (src))
- return "#";
- }
- }
-
- else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (src) == REG)
- {
- int src_regno = REGNO (src);
-
- if (GPR_P (src_regno))
- {
- if (((src_regno - GPR_FIRST) & 1) == 0
- && dbl_memory_one_insn_operand (dest, mode))
- return "std%I0%U0 %1, %M0";
-
- return "#";
- }
-
- if (FPR_P (src_regno))
- {
- if (((src_regno - FPR_FIRST) & 1) == 0
- && dbl_memory_one_insn_operand (dest, mode))
- return "stdf%I0%U0 %1, %M0";
-
- return "#";
- }
- }
-
- else if (ZERO_P (src))
- {
- if (dbl_memory_one_insn_operand (dest, mode))
- return "std%I0%U0 %., %M0";
-
- return "#";
- }
- }
-
- fatal_insn ("Bad output_move_double operand", insn);
- return "";
-}
-
-
-/* Return a string to output a single word conditional move.
- Operand0 -- EQ/NE of ccr register and 0
- Operand1 -- CCR register
- Operand2 -- destination
- Operand3 -- source */
-
-const char *
-output_condmove_single (operands, insn)
- rtx operands[];
- rtx insn;
-{
- rtx dest = operands[2];
- rtx src = operands[3];
-
- if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
- {
- int dest_regno = REGNO (dest);
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (dest);
-
- if (GPR_P (dest_regno))
- {
- if (GET_CODE (src) == REG)
- {
- /* gpr <- some sort of register */
- int src_regno = REGNO (src);
-
- if (GPR_P (src_regno))
- return "cmov %z3, %2, %1, %e0";
-
- else if (FPR_P (src_regno))
- return "cmovfg %3, %2, %1, %e0";
- }
-
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == MEM)
- {
- /* gpr <- memory */
- switch (mode)
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case QImode:
- return "cldsb%I3%U3 %M3, %2, %1, %e0";
-
- case HImode:
- return "cldsh%I3%U3 %M3, %2, %1, %e0";
-
- case SImode:
- case SFmode:
- return "cld%I3%U3 %M3, %2, %1, %e0";
- }
- }
-
- else if (ZERO_P (src))
- return "cmov %., %2, %1, %e0";
- }
-
- else if (FPR_P (dest_regno))
- {
- if (GET_CODE (src) == REG)
- {
- /* fpr <- some sort of register */
- int src_regno = REGNO (src);
-
- if (GPR_P (src_regno))
- return "cmovgf %3, %2, %1, %e0";
-
- else if (FPR_P (src_regno))
- {
- if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT)
- return "cfmovs %3,%2,%1,%e0";
- else
- return "cmor %3, %3, %2, %1, %e0";
- }
- }
-
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == MEM)
- {
- /* fpr <- memory */
- if (mode == SImode || mode == SFmode)
- return "cldf%I3%U3 %M3, %2, %1, %e0";
- }
-
- else if (ZERO_P (src))
- return "cmovgf %., %2, %1, %e0";
- }
- }
-
- else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (src) == REG)
- {
- int src_regno = REGNO (src);
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (dest);
-
- if (GPR_P (src_regno))
- {
- switch (mode)
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case QImode:
- return "cstb%I2%U2 %3, %M2, %1, %e0";
-
- case HImode:
- return "csth%I2%U2 %3, %M2, %1, %e0";
-
- case SImode:
- case SFmode:
- return "cst%I2%U2 %3, %M2, %1, %e0";
- }
- }
-
- else if (FPR_P (src_regno) && (mode == SImode || mode == SFmode))
- return "cstf%I2%U2 %3, %M2, %1, %e0";
- }
-
- else if (ZERO_P (src))
- {
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (dest);
- switch (mode)
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case QImode:
- return "cstb%I2%U2 %., %M2, %1, %e0";
-
- case HImode:
- return "csth%I2%U2 %., %M2, %1, %e0";
-
- case SImode:
- case SFmode:
- return "cst%I2%U2 %., %M2, %1, %e0";
- }
- }
- }
-
- fatal_insn ("Bad output_condmove_single operand", insn);
- return "";
-}
-
-
-/* Emit the appropriate code to do a comparison, returning the register the
- comparison was done it. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_emit_comparison (test, op0, op1)
- enum rtx_code test;
- rtx op0;
- rtx op1;
-{
- enum machine_mode cc_mode;
- rtx cc_reg;
-
- /* Floating point doesn't have comparison against a constant */
- if (GET_MODE (op0) == CC_FPmode && GET_CODE (op1) != REG)
- op1 = force_reg (GET_MODE (op0), op1);
-
- /* Possibly disable using anything but a fixed register in order to work
- around cse moving comparisons past function calls. */
- cc_mode = SELECT_CC_MODE (test, op0, op1);
- cc_reg = ((TARGET_ALLOC_CC)
- ? gen_reg_rtx (cc_mode)
- : gen_rtx_REG (cc_mode,
- (cc_mode == CC_FPmode) ? FCC_FIRST : ICC_FIRST));
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, cc_reg,
- gen_rtx_COMPARE (cc_mode, op0, op1)));
-
- return cc_reg;
-}
-
-
-/* Emit code for a conditional branch. The comparison operands were previously
- stored in frv_compare_op0 and frv_compare_op1.
-
- XXX: I originally wanted to add a clobber of a CCR register to use in
- conditional execution, but that confuses the rest of the compiler. */
-
-int
-frv_emit_cond_branch (test, label)
- enum rtx_code test;
- rtx label;
-{
- rtx test_rtx;
- rtx label_ref;
- rtx if_else;
- rtx cc_reg = frv_emit_comparison (test, frv_compare_op0, frv_compare_op1);
- enum machine_mode cc_mode = GET_MODE (cc_reg);
-
- /* Branches generate:
- (set (pc)
- (if_then_else (<test>, <cc_reg>, (const_int 0))
- (label_ref <branch_label>)
- (pc))) */
- label_ref = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode, label);
- test_rtx = gen_rtx (test, cc_mode, cc_reg, const0_rtx);
- if_else = gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (cc_mode, test_rtx, label_ref, pc_rtx);
- emit_jump_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, pc_rtx, if_else));
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-/* Emit code to set a gpr to 1/0 based on a comparison. The comparison
- operands were previously stored in frv_compare_op0 and frv_compare_op1. */
-
-int
-frv_emit_scc (test, target)
- enum rtx_code test;
- rtx target;
-{
- rtx set;
- rtx test_rtx;
- rtx clobber;
- rtx cr_reg;
- rtx cc_reg = frv_emit_comparison (test, frv_compare_op0, frv_compare_op1);
-
- /* SCC instructions generate:
- (parallel [(set <target> (<test>, <cc_reg>, (const_int 0))
- (clobber (<ccr_reg>))]) */
- test_rtx = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (test, SImode, cc_reg, const0_rtx);
- set = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target, test_rtx);
-
- cr_reg = ((TARGET_ALLOC_CC)
- ? gen_reg_rtx (CC_CCRmode)
- : gen_rtx_REG (CC_CCRmode,
- ((GET_MODE (cc_reg) == CC_FPmode)
- ? FCR_FIRST
- : ICR_FIRST)));
-
- clobber = gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, cr_reg);
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, gen_rtvec (2, set, clobber)));
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-/* Split a SCC instruction into component parts, returning a SEQUENCE to hold
- the seperate insns. */
-
-rtx
-frv_split_scc (dest, test, cc_reg, cr_reg, value)
- rtx dest;
- rtx test;
- rtx cc_reg;
- rtx cr_reg;
- HOST_WIDE_INT value;
-{
- rtx ret;
-
- start_sequence ();
-
- /* Set the appropriate CCR bit. */
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- cr_reg,
- gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (test),
- GET_MODE (cr_reg),
- cc_reg,
- const0_rtx)));
-
- /* Move the value into the destination. */
- emit_move_insn (dest, GEN_INT (value));
-
- /* Move 0 into the destination if the test failed */
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_COND_EXEC (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx_EQ (GET_MODE (cr_reg),
- cr_reg,
- const0_rtx),
- gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, const0_rtx)));
-
- /* Finish up, return sequence. */
- ret = get_insns ();
- end_sequence ();
- return ret;
-}
-
-
-/* Emit the code for a conditional move, return TRUE if we could do the
- move. */
-
-int
-frv_emit_cond_move (dest, test_rtx, src1, src2)
- rtx dest;
- rtx test_rtx;
- rtx src1;
- rtx src2;
-{
- rtx set;
- rtx clobber_cc;
- rtx test2;
- rtx cr_reg;
- rtx if_rtx;
- enum rtx_code test = GET_CODE (test_rtx);
- rtx cc_reg = frv_emit_comparison (test, frv_compare_op0, frv_compare_op1);
- enum machine_mode cc_mode = GET_MODE (cc_reg);
-
- /* Conditional move instructions generate:
- (parallel [(set <target>
- (if_then_else (<test> <cc_reg> (const_int 0))
- <src1>
- <src2>))
- (clobber (<ccr_reg>))]) */
-
- /* Handle various cases of conditional move involving two constants. */
- if (GET_CODE (src1) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (src2) == CONST_INT)
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT value1 = INTVAL (src1);
- HOST_WIDE_INT value2 = INTVAL (src2);
-
- /* having 0 as one of the constants can be done by loading the other
- constant, and optionally moving in gr0. */
- if (value1 == 0 || value2 == 0)
- ;
-
- /* If the first value is within an addi range and also the difference
- between the two fits in an addi's range, load up the difference, then
- conditionally move in 0, and then unconditionally add the first
- value. */
- else if (IN_RANGE_P (value1, -2048, 2047)
- && IN_RANGE_P (value2 - value1, -2048, 2047))
- ;
-
- /* If neither condition holds, just force the constant into a
- register. */
- else
- {
- src1 = force_reg (GET_MODE (dest), src1);
- src2 = force_reg (GET_MODE (dest), src2);
- }
- }
-
- /* If one value is a register, insure the other value is either 0 or a
- register. */
- else
- {
- if (GET_CODE (src1) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (src1) != 0)
- src1 = force_reg (GET_MODE (dest), src1);
-
- if (GET_CODE (src2) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (src2) != 0)
- src2 = force_reg (GET_MODE (dest), src2);
- }
-
- test2 = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (test, cc_mode, cc_reg, const0_rtx);
- if_rtx = gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (GET_MODE (dest), test2, src1, src2);
-
- set = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, if_rtx);
-
- cr_reg = ((TARGET_ALLOC_CC)
- ? gen_reg_rtx (CC_CCRmode)
- : gen_rtx_REG (CC_CCRmode,
- (cc_mode == CC_FPmode) ? FCR_FIRST : ICR_FIRST));
-
- clobber_cc = gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, cr_reg);
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, gen_rtvec (2, set, clobber_cc)));
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-/* Split a conditonal move into constituent parts, returning a SEQUENCE
- containing all of the insns. */
-
-rtx
-frv_split_cond_move (operands)
- rtx operands[];
-{
- rtx dest = operands[0];
- rtx test = operands[1];
- rtx cc_reg = operands[2];
- rtx src1 = operands[3];
- rtx src2 = operands[4];
- rtx cr_reg = operands[5];
- rtx ret;
- enum machine_mode cr_mode = GET_MODE (cr_reg);
-
- start_sequence ();
-
- /* Set the appropriate CCR bit. */
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- cr_reg,
- gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (test),
- GET_MODE (cr_reg),
- cc_reg,
- const0_rtx)));
-
- /* Handle various cases of conditional move involving two constants. */
- if (GET_CODE (src1) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (src2) == CONST_INT)
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT value1 = INTVAL (src1);
- HOST_WIDE_INT value2 = INTVAL (src2);
-
- /* having 0 as one of the constants can be done by loading the other
- constant, and optionally moving in gr0. */
- if (value1 == 0)
- {
- emit_move_insn (dest, src2);
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_COND_EXEC (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx_NE (cr_mode, cr_reg,
- const0_rtx),
- gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, src1)));
- }
-
- else if (value2 == 0)
- {
- emit_move_insn (dest, src1);
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_COND_EXEC (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx_EQ (cr_mode, cr_reg,
- const0_rtx),
- gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, src2)));
- }
-
- /* If the first value is within an addi range and also the difference
- between the two fits in an addi's range, load up the difference, then
- conditionally move in 0, and then unconditionally add the first
- value. */
- else if (IN_RANGE_P (value1, -2048, 2047)
- && IN_RANGE_P (value2 - value1, -2048, 2047))
- {
- rtx dest_si = ((GET_MODE (dest) == SImode)
- ? dest
- : gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode, dest, 0));
-
- emit_move_insn (dest_si, GEN_INT (value2 - value1));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_COND_EXEC (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx_NE (cr_mode, cr_reg,
- const0_rtx),
- gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest_si,
- const0_rtx)));
- emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (dest_si, dest_si, src1));
- }
-
- else
- abort ();
- }
- else
- {
- /* Emit the conditional move for the test being true if needed. */
- if (! rtx_equal_p (dest, src1))
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_COND_EXEC (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx_NE (cr_mode, cr_reg, const0_rtx),
- gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, src1)));
-
- /* Emit the conditional move for the test being false if needed. */
- if (! rtx_equal_p (dest, src2))
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_COND_EXEC (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx_EQ (cr_mode, cr_reg, const0_rtx),
- gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, src2)));
- }
-
- /* Finish up, return sequence. */
- ret = get_insns ();
- end_sequence ();
- return ret;
-}
-
-
-/* Split (set DEST SOURCE), where DEST is a double register and SOURCE is a
- memory location that is not known to be dword-aligned. */
-void
-frv_split_double_load (dest, source)
- rtx dest;
- rtx source;
-{
- int regno = REGNO (dest);
- rtx dest1 = gen_highpart (SImode, dest);
- rtx dest2 = gen_lowpart (SImode, dest);
- rtx address = XEXP (source, 0);
-
- /* If the address is pre-modified, load the lower-numbered register
- first, then load the other register using an integer offset from
- the modified base register. This order should always be safe,
- since the pre-modification cannot affect the same registers as the
- load does.
-
- The situation for other loads is more complicated. Loading one
- of the registers could affect the value of ADDRESS, so we must
- be careful which order we do them in. */
- if (GET_CODE (address) == PRE_MODIFY
- || ! refers_to_regno_p (regno, regno + 1, address, NULL))
- {
- /* It is safe to load the lower-numbered register first. */
- emit_move_insn (dest1, change_address (source, SImode, NULL));
- emit_move_insn (dest2, frv_index_memory (source, SImode, 1));
- }
- else
- {
- /* ADDRESS is not pre-modified and the address depends on the
- lower-numbered register. Load the higher-numbered register
- first. */
- emit_move_insn (dest2, frv_index_memory (source, SImode, 1));
- emit_move_insn (dest1, change_address (source, SImode, NULL));
- }
-}
-
-/* Split (set DEST SOURCE), where DEST refers to a dword memory location
- and SOURCE is either a double register or the constant zero. */
-void
-frv_split_double_store (dest, source)
- rtx dest;
- rtx source;
-{
- rtx dest1 = change_address (dest, SImode, NULL);
- rtx dest2 = frv_index_memory (dest, SImode, 1);
- if (ZERO_P (source))
- {
- emit_move_insn (dest1, CONST0_RTX (SImode));
- emit_move_insn (dest2, CONST0_RTX (SImode));
- }
- else
- {
- emit_move_insn (dest1, gen_highpart (SImode, source));
- emit_move_insn (dest2, gen_lowpart (SImode, source));
- }
-}
-
-
-/* Split a min/max operation returning a SEQUENCE containing all of the
- insns. */
-
-rtx
-frv_split_minmax (operands)
- rtx operands[];
-{
- rtx dest = operands[0];
- rtx minmax = operands[1];
- rtx src1 = operands[2];
- rtx src2 = operands[3];
- rtx cc_reg = operands[4];
- rtx cr_reg = operands[5];
- rtx ret;
- enum rtx_code test_code;
- enum machine_mode cr_mode = GET_MODE (cr_reg);
-
- start_sequence ();
-
- /* Figure out which test to use */
- switch (GET_CODE (minmax))
- {
- default:
- abort ();
-
- case SMIN: test_code = LT; break;
- case SMAX: test_code = GT; break;
- case UMIN: test_code = LTU; break;
- case UMAX: test_code = GTU; break;
- }
-
- /* Issue the compare instruction. */
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- cc_reg,
- gen_rtx_COMPARE (GET_MODE (cc_reg),
- src1, src2)));
-
- /* Set the appropriate CCR bit. */
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- cr_reg,
- gen_rtx_fmt_ee (test_code,
- GET_MODE (cr_reg),
- cc_reg,
- const0_rtx)));
-
- /* If are taking the min/max of a non-zero constant, load that first, and
- then do a conditional move of the other value. */
- if (GET_CODE (src2) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (src2) != 0)
- {
- if (rtx_equal_p (dest, src1))
- abort ();
-
- emit_move_insn (dest, src2);
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_COND_EXEC (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx_NE (cr_mode, cr_reg, const0_rtx),
- gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, src1)));
- }
-
- /* Otherwise, do each half of the move. */
- else
- {
- /* Emit the conditional move for the test being true if needed. */
- if (! rtx_equal_p (dest, src1))
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_COND_EXEC (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx_NE (cr_mode, cr_reg, const0_rtx),
- gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, src1)));
-
- /* Emit the conditional move for the test being false if needed. */
- if (! rtx_equal_p (dest, src2))
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_COND_EXEC (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx_EQ (cr_mode, cr_reg, const0_rtx),
- gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, src2)));
- }
-
- /* Finish up, return sequence. */
- ret = get_insns ();
- end_sequence ();
- return ret;
-}
-
-
-/* Split an integer abs operation returning a SEQUENCE containing all of the
- insns. */
-
-rtx
-frv_split_abs (operands)
- rtx operands[];
-{
- rtx dest = operands[0];
- rtx src = operands[1];
- rtx cc_reg = operands[2];
- rtx cr_reg = operands[3];
- rtx ret;
-
- start_sequence ();
-
- /* Issue the compare < 0 instruction. */
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- cc_reg,
- gen_rtx_COMPARE (CCmode, src, const0_rtx)));
-
- /* Set the appropriate CCR bit. */
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- cr_reg,
- gen_rtx_fmt_ee (LT, CC_CCRmode, cc_reg, const0_rtx)));
-
- /* Emit the conditional negate if the value is negative */
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_COND_EXEC (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx_NE (CC_CCRmode, cr_reg, const0_rtx),
- gen_negsi2 (dest, src)));
-
- /* Emit the conditional move for the test being false if needed. */
- if (! rtx_equal_p (dest, src))
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_COND_EXEC (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx_EQ (CC_CCRmode, cr_reg, const0_rtx),
- gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, src)));
-
- /* Finish up, return sequence. */
- ret = get_insns ();
- end_sequence ();
- return ret;
-}
-
-
-/* An internal function called by for_each_rtx to clear in a hard_reg set each
- register used in an insn. */
-
-static int
-frv_clear_registers_used (ptr, data)
- rtx *ptr;
- void *data;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (*ptr) == REG)
- {
- int regno = REGNO (*ptr);
- HARD_REG_SET *p_regs = (HARD_REG_SET *)data;
-
- if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- {
- int reg_max = regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (*ptr));
-
- while (regno < reg_max)
- {
- CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (*p_regs, regno);
- regno++;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* Initialize the extra fields provided by IFCVT_EXTRA_FIELDS. */
-
-/* On the FR-V, we don't have any extra fields per se, but it is useful hook to
- initialize the static storage. */
-void
-frv_ifcvt_init_extra_fields (ce_info)
- ce_if_block_t *ce_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- frv_ifcvt.added_insns_list = NULL_RTX;
- frv_ifcvt.cur_scratch_regs = 0;
- frv_ifcvt.num_nested_cond_exec = 0;
- frv_ifcvt.cr_reg = NULL_RTX;
- frv_ifcvt.nested_cc_reg = NULL_RTX;
- frv_ifcvt.extra_int_cr = NULL_RTX;
- frv_ifcvt.extra_fp_cr = NULL_RTX;
- frv_ifcvt.last_nested_if_cr = NULL_RTX;
-}
-
-
-/* Internal function to add a potenial insn to the list of insns to be inserted
- if the conditional execution conversion is successful. */
-
-static void
-frv_ifcvt_add_insn (pattern, insn, before_p)
- rtx pattern;
- rtx insn;
- int before_p;
-{
- rtx link = alloc_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, pattern, insn);
-
- link->jump = before_p; /* mark to add this before or after insn */
- frv_ifcvt.added_insns_list = alloc_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, link,
- frv_ifcvt.added_insns_list);
-
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_COND_EXEC)
- {
- fprintf (stderr,
- "\n:::::::::: frv_ifcvt_add_insn: add the following %s insn %d:\n",
- (before_p) ? "before" : "after",
- (int)INSN_UID (insn));
-
- debug_rtx (pattern);
- }
-}
-
-
-/* A C expression to modify the code described by the conditional if
- information CE_INFO, possibly updating the tests in TRUE_EXPR, and
- FALSE_EXPR for converting if-then and if-then-else code to conditional
- instructions. Set either TRUE_EXPR or FALSE_EXPR to a null pointer if the
- tests cannot be converted. */
-
-void
-frv_ifcvt_modify_tests (ce_info, p_true, p_false)
- ce_if_block_t *ce_info;
- rtx *p_true;
- rtx *p_false;
-{
- basic_block test_bb = ce_info->test_bb; /* test basic block */
- basic_block then_bb = ce_info->then_bb; /* THEN */
- basic_block else_bb = ce_info->else_bb; /* ELSE or NULL */
- basic_block join_bb = ce_info->join_bb; /* join block or NULL */
- rtx true_expr = *p_true;
- rtx cr;
- rtx cc;
- rtx nested_cc;
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (true_expr);
- int j;
- basic_block *bb;
- int num_bb;
- frv_tmp_reg_t *tmp_reg = &frv_ifcvt.tmp_reg;
- rtx check_insn;
- rtx sub_cond_exec_reg;
- enum rtx_code code;
- enum rtx_code code_true;
- enum rtx_code code_false;
- enum reg_class cc_class;
- enum reg_class cr_class;
- int cc_first;
- int cc_last;
-
- /* Make sure we are only dealing with hard registers. Also honor the
- -mno-cond-exec switch, and -mno-nested-cond-exec switches if
- applicable. */
- if (!reload_completed || TARGET_NO_COND_EXEC
- || (TARGET_NO_NESTED_CE && ce_info->pass > 1))
- goto fail;
-
- /* Figure out which registers we can allocate for our own purposes. Only
- consider registers that are not preserved across function calls and are
- not fixed. However, allow the ICC/ICR temporary registers to be allocated
- if we did not need to use them in reloading other registers. */
- memset ((PTR) &tmp_reg->regs, 0, sizeof (tmp_reg->regs));
- COPY_HARD_REG_SET (tmp_reg->regs, call_used_reg_set);
- AND_COMPL_HARD_REG_SET (tmp_reg->regs, fixed_reg_set);
- SET_HARD_REG_BIT (tmp_reg->regs, ICC_TEMP);
- SET_HARD_REG_BIT (tmp_reg->regs, ICR_TEMP);
-
- /* If this is a nested IF, we need to discover whether the CC registers that
- are set/used inside of the block are used anywhere else. If not, we can
- change them to be the CC register that is paired with the CR register that
- controls the outermost IF block. */
- if (ce_info->pass > 1)
- {
- CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (frv_ifcvt.nested_cc_ok_rewrite);
- for (j = CC_FIRST; j <= CC_LAST; j++)
- if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (tmp_reg->regs, j))
- {
- if (REGNO_REG_SET_P (then_bb->global_live_at_start, j))
- continue;
-
- if (else_bb && REGNO_REG_SET_P (else_bb->global_live_at_start, j))
- continue;
-
- if (join_bb && REGNO_REG_SET_P (join_bb->global_live_at_start, j))
- continue;
-
- SET_HARD_REG_BIT (frv_ifcvt.nested_cc_ok_rewrite, j);
- }
- }
-
- for (j = 0; j < frv_ifcvt.cur_scratch_regs; j++)
- frv_ifcvt.scratch_regs[j] = NULL_RTX;
-
- frv_ifcvt.added_insns_list = NULL_RTX;
- frv_ifcvt.cur_scratch_regs = 0;
-
- bb = (basic_block *) alloca ((2 + ce_info->num_multiple_test_blocks)
- * sizeof (basic_block));
-
- if (join_bb)
- {
- int regno;
-
- /* Remove anything live at the beginning of the join block from being
- available for allocation. */
- EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET (join_bb->global_live_at_start, 0, regno,
- {
- if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (tmp_reg->regs, regno);
- });
- }
-
- /* Add in all of the blocks in multiple &&/|| blocks to be scanned. */
- num_bb = 0;
- if (ce_info->num_multiple_test_blocks)
- {
- basic_block multiple_test_bb = ce_info->last_test_bb;
-
- while (multiple_test_bb != test_bb)
- {
- bb[num_bb++] = multiple_test_bb;
- multiple_test_bb = multiple_test_bb->pred->src;
- }
- }
-
- /* Add in the THEN and ELSE blocks to be scanned. */
- bb[num_bb++] = then_bb;
- if (else_bb)
- bb[num_bb++] = else_bb;
-
- sub_cond_exec_reg = NULL_RTX;
- frv_ifcvt.num_nested_cond_exec = 0;
-
- /* Scan all of the blocks for registers that must not be allocated. */
- for (j = 0; j < num_bb; j++)
- {
- rtx last_insn = bb[j]->end;
- rtx insn = bb[j]->head;
- int regno;
-
- if (rtl_dump_file)
- fprintf (rtl_dump_file, "Scanning %s block %d, start %d, end %d\n",
- (bb[j] == else_bb) ? "else" : ((bb[j] == then_bb) ? "then" : "test"),
- (int) bb[j]->index,
- (int) INSN_UID (bb[j]->head),
- (int) INSN_UID (bb[j]->end));
-
- /* Anything live at the beginning of the block is obviously unavailable
- for allocation. */
- EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET (bb[j]->global_live_at_start, 0, regno,
- {
- if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (tmp_reg->regs, regno);
- });
-
- /* loop through the insns in the block. */
- for (;;)
- {
- /* Mark any new registers that are created as being unavailable for
- allocation. Also see if the CC register used in nested IFs can be
- reallocated. */
- if (INSN_P (insn))
- {
- rtx pattern;
- rtx set;
- int skip_nested_if = FALSE;
-
- for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (insn), frv_clear_registers_used,
- (void *)&tmp_reg->regs);
-
- pattern = PATTERN (insn);
- if (GET_CODE (pattern) == COND_EXEC)
- {
- rtx reg = XEXP (COND_EXEC_TEST (pattern), 0);
-
- if (reg != sub_cond_exec_reg)
- {
- sub_cond_exec_reg = reg;
- frv_ifcvt.num_nested_cond_exec++;
- }
- }
-
- set = single_set_pattern (pattern);
- if (set)
- {
- rtx dest = SET_DEST (set);
- rtx src = SET_SRC (set);
-
- if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
- {
- int regno = REGNO (dest);
- enum rtx_code src_code = GET_CODE (src);
-
- if (CC_P (regno) && src_code == COMPARE)
- skip_nested_if = TRUE;
-
- else if (CR_P (regno)
- && (src_code == IF_THEN_ELSE
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (src_code) == '<'))
- skip_nested_if = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- if (! skip_nested_if)
- for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (insn), frv_clear_registers_used,
- (void *)&frv_ifcvt.nested_cc_ok_rewrite);
- }
-
- if (insn == last_insn)
- break;
-
- insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
- }
- }
-
- /* If this is a nested if, rewrite the CC registers that are available to
- include the ones that can be rewritten, to increase the chance of being
- able to allocate a paired CC/CR register combination. */
- if (ce_info->pass > 1)
- {
- for (j = CC_FIRST; j <= CC_LAST; j++)
- if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (frv_ifcvt.nested_cc_ok_rewrite, j))
- SET_HARD_REG_BIT (tmp_reg->regs, j);
- else
- CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (tmp_reg->regs, j);
- }
-
- if (rtl_dump_file)
- {
- int num_gprs = 0;
- fprintf (rtl_dump_file, "Available GPRs: ");
-
- for (j = GPR_FIRST; j <= GPR_LAST; j++)
- if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (tmp_reg->regs, j))
- {
- fprintf (rtl_dump_file, " %d [%s]", j, reg_names[j]);
- if (++num_gprs > GPR_TEMP_NUM+2)
- break;
- }
-
- fprintf (rtl_dump_file, "%s\nAvailable CRs: ",
- (num_gprs > GPR_TEMP_NUM+2) ? " ..." : "");
-
- for (j = CR_FIRST; j <= CR_LAST; j++)
- if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (tmp_reg->regs, j))
- fprintf (rtl_dump_file, " %d [%s]", j, reg_names[j]);
-
- fputs ("\n", rtl_dump_file);
-
- if (ce_info->pass > 1)
- {
- fprintf (rtl_dump_file, "Modifiable CCs: ");
- for (j = CC_FIRST; j <= CC_LAST; j++)
- if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (tmp_reg->regs, j))
- fprintf (rtl_dump_file, " %d [%s]", j, reg_names[j]);
-
- fprintf (rtl_dump_file, "\n%d nested COND_EXEC statements\n",
- frv_ifcvt.num_nested_cond_exec);
- }
- }
-
- /* Allocate the appropriate temporary condition code register. Try to
- allocate the ICR/FCR register that corresponds to the ICC/FCC register so
- that conditional cmp's can be done. */
- if (mode == CCmode || mode == CC_UNSmode)
- {
- cr_class = ICR_REGS;
- cc_class = ICC_REGS;
- cc_first = ICC_FIRST;
- cc_last = ICC_LAST;
- }
- else if (mode == CC_FPmode)
- {
- cr_class = FCR_REGS;
- cc_class = FCC_REGS;
- cc_first = FCC_FIRST;
- cc_last = FCC_LAST;
- }
- else
- {
- cc_first = cc_last = 0;
- cr_class = cc_class = NO_REGS;
- }
-
- cc = XEXP (true_expr, 0);
- nested_cc = cr = NULL_RTX;
- if (cc_class != NO_REGS)
- {
- /* For nested IFs and &&/||, see if we can find a CC and CR register pair
- so we can execute a csubcc/caddcc/cfcmps instruction. */
- int cc_regno;
-
- for (cc_regno = cc_first; cc_regno <= cc_last; cc_regno++)
- {
- int cr_regno = cc_regno - CC_FIRST + CR_FIRST;
-
- if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (frv_ifcvt.tmp_reg.regs, cc_regno)
- && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (frv_ifcvt.tmp_reg.regs, cr_regno))
- {
- frv_ifcvt.tmp_reg.next_reg[ (int)cr_class ] = cr_regno;
- cr = frv_alloc_temp_reg (tmp_reg, cr_class, CC_CCRmode, TRUE,
- TRUE);
-
- frv_ifcvt.tmp_reg.next_reg[ (int)cc_class ] = cc_regno;
- nested_cc = frv_alloc_temp_reg (tmp_reg, cc_class, CCmode,
- TRUE, TRUE);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (! cr)
- {
- if (rtl_dump_file)
- fprintf (rtl_dump_file, "Could not allocate a CR temporary register\n");
-
- goto fail;
- }
-
- if (rtl_dump_file)
- fprintf (rtl_dump_file,
- "Will use %s for conditional execution, %s for nested comparisons\n",
- reg_names[ REGNO (cr)],
- (nested_cc) ? reg_names[ REGNO (nested_cc) ] : "<none>");
-
- /* Set the CCR bit. Note for integer tests, we reverse the condition so that
- in an IF-THEN-ELSE sequence, we are testing the TRUE case against the CCR
- bit being true. We don't do this for floating point, because of NaNs. */
- code = GET_CODE (true_expr);
- if (GET_MODE (cc) != CC_FPmode)
- {
- code = reverse_condition (code);
- code_true = EQ;
- code_false = NE;
- }
- else
- {
- code_true = NE;
- code_false = EQ;
- }
-
- check_insn = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, cr,
- gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, CC_CCRmode, cc, const0_rtx));
-
- /* Record the check insn to be inserted later. */
- frv_ifcvt_add_insn (check_insn, test_bb->end, TRUE);
-
- /* Update the tests. */
- frv_ifcvt.cr_reg = cr;
- frv_ifcvt.nested_cc_reg = nested_cc;
- *p_true = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code_true, CC_CCRmode, cr, const0_rtx);
- *p_false = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code_false, CC_CCRmode, cr, const0_rtx);
- return;
-
- /* Fail, don't do this conditional execution. */
- fail:
- *p_true = NULL_RTX;
- *p_false = NULL_RTX;
- if (rtl_dump_file)
- fprintf (rtl_dump_file, "Disabling this conditional execution.\n");
-
- return;
-}
-
-
-/* A C expression to modify the code described by the conditional if
- information CE_INFO, for the basic block BB, possibly updating the tests in
- TRUE_EXPR, and FALSE_EXPR for converting the && and || parts of if-then or
- if-then-else code to conditional instructions. Set either TRUE_EXPR or
- FALSE_EXPR to a null pointer if the tests cannot be converted. */
-
-/* p_true and p_false are given expressions of the form:
-
- (and (eq:CC_CCR (reg:CC_CCR)
- (const_int 0))
- (eq:CC (reg:CC)
- (const_int 0))) */
-
-void
-frv_ifcvt_modify_multiple_tests (ce_info, bb, p_true, p_false)
- ce_if_block_t *ce_info;
- basic_block bb;
- rtx *p_true;
- rtx *p_false;
-{
- rtx old_true = XEXP (*p_true, 0);
- rtx old_false = XEXP (*p_false, 0);
- rtx true_expr = XEXP (*p_true, 1);
- rtx false_expr = XEXP (*p_false, 1);
- rtx test_expr;
- rtx old_test;
- rtx cr = XEXP (old_true, 0);
- rtx check_insn;
- rtx new_cr = NULL_RTX;
- rtx *p_new_cr = (rtx *)0;
- rtx if_else;
- rtx compare;
- rtx cc;
- enum reg_class cr_class;
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (true_expr);
- rtx (*logical_func)(rtx, rtx, rtx);
-
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_COND_EXEC)
- {
- fprintf (stderr,
- "\n:::::::::: frv_ifcvt_modify_multiple_tests, before modification for %s\ntrue insn:\n",
- ce_info->and_and_p ? "&&" : "||");
-
- debug_rtx (*p_true);
-
- fputs ("\nfalse insn:\n", stderr);
- debug_rtx (*p_false);
- }
-
- if (TARGET_NO_MULTI_CE)
- goto fail;
-
- if (GET_CODE (cr) != REG)
- goto fail;
-
- if (mode == CCmode || mode == CC_UNSmode)
- {
- cr_class = ICR_REGS;
- p_new_cr = &frv_ifcvt.extra_int_cr;
- }
- else if (mode == CC_FPmode)
- {
- cr_class = FCR_REGS;
- p_new_cr = &frv_ifcvt.extra_fp_cr;
- }
- else
- goto fail;
-
- /* Allocate a temp CR, reusing a previously allocated temp CR if we have 3 or
- more &&/|| tests. */
- new_cr = *p_new_cr;
- if (! new_cr)
- {
- new_cr = *p_new_cr = frv_alloc_temp_reg (&frv_ifcvt.tmp_reg, cr_class,
- CC_CCRmode, TRUE, TRUE);
- if (! new_cr)
- goto fail;
- }
-
- if (ce_info->and_and_p)
- {
- old_test = old_false;
- test_expr = true_expr;
- logical_func = (GET_CODE (old_true) == EQ) ? gen_andcr : gen_andncr;
- *p_true = gen_rtx_NE (CC_CCRmode, cr, const0_rtx);
- *p_false = gen_rtx_EQ (CC_CCRmode, cr, const0_rtx);
- }
- else
- {
- old_test = old_false;
- test_expr = false_expr;
- logical_func = (GET_CODE (old_false) == EQ) ? gen_orcr : gen_orncr;
- *p_true = gen_rtx_EQ (CC_CCRmode, cr, const0_rtx);
- *p_false = gen_rtx_NE (CC_CCRmode, cr, const0_rtx);
- }
-
- /* First add the andcr/andncr/orcr/orncr, which will be added after the
- conditional check instruction, due to frv_ifcvt_add_insn being a LIFO
- stack. */
- frv_ifcvt_add_insn ((*logical_func) (cr, cr, new_cr), bb->end, TRUE);
-
- /* Now add the conditional check insn. */
- cc = XEXP (test_expr, 0);
- compare = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (test_expr), CC_CCRmode, cc, const0_rtx);
- if_else = gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (CC_CCRmode, old_test, compare, const0_rtx);
-
- check_insn = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, new_cr, if_else);
-
- /* add the new check insn to the list of check insns that need to be
- inserted. */
- frv_ifcvt_add_insn (check_insn, bb->end, TRUE);
-
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_COND_EXEC)
- {
- fputs ("\n:::::::::: frv_ifcvt_modify_multiple_tests, after modification\ntrue insn:\n",
- stderr);
-
- debug_rtx (*p_true);
-
- fputs ("\nfalse insn:\n", stderr);
- debug_rtx (*p_false);
- }
-
- return;
-
- fail:
- *p_true = *p_false = NULL_RTX;
-
- /* If we allocated a CR register, release it. */
- if (new_cr)
- {
- CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (frv_ifcvt.tmp_reg.regs, REGNO (new_cr));
- *p_new_cr = NULL_RTX;
- }
-
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_COND_EXEC)
- fputs ("\n:::::::::: frv_ifcvt_modify_multiple_tests, failed.\n", stderr);
-
- return;
-}
-
-
-/* Return a register which will be loaded with a value if an IF block is
- converted to conditional execution. This is used to rewrite instructions
- that use constants to ones that just use registers. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_ifcvt_load_value (value, insn)
- rtx value;
- rtx insn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- int num_alloc = frv_ifcvt.cur_scratch_regs;
- int i;
- rtx reg;
-
- /* We know gr0 == 0, so replace any errant uses. */
- if (value == const0_rtx)
- return gen_rtx_REG (SImode, GPR_FIRST);
-
- /* First search all registers currently loaded to see if we have an
- applicable constant. */
- if (CONSTANT_P (value)
- || (GET_CODE (value) == REG && REGNO (value) == LR_REGNO))
- {
- for (i = 0; i < num_alloc; i++)
- {
- if (rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (frv_ifcvt.scratch_regs[i]), value))
- return SET_DEST (frv_ifcvt.scratch_regs[i]);
- }
- }
-
- /* Have we exhausted the number of registers available? */
- if (num_alloc >= GPR_TEMP_NUM)
- {
- if (rtl_dump_file)
- fprintf (rtl_dump_file, "Too many temporary registers allocated\n");
-
- return NULL_RTX;
- }
-
- /* Allocate the new register. */
- reg = frv_alloc_temp_reg (&frv_ifcvt.tmp_reg, GPR_REGS, SImode, TRUE, TRUE);
- if (! reg)
- {
- if (rtl_dump_file)
- fputs ("Could not find a scratch register\n", rtl_dump_file);
-
- return NULL_RTX;
- }
-
- frv_ifcvt.cur_scratch_regs++;
- frv_ifcvt.scratch_regs[num_alloc] = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, reg, value);
-
- if (rtl_dump_file)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (value) == CONST_INT)
- fprintf (rtl_dump_file, "Register %s will hold %ld\n",
- reg_names[ REGNO (reg)], (long)INTVAL (value));
-
- else if (GET_CODE (value) == REG && REGNO (value) == LR_REGNO)
- fprintf (rtl_dump_file, "Register %s will hold LR\n",
- reg_names[ REGNO (reg)]);
-
- else
- fprintf (rtl_dump_file, "Register %s will hold a saved value\n",
- reg_names[ REGNO (reg)]);
- }
-
- return reg;
-}
-
-
-/* Update a MEM used in conditional code that might contain an offset to put
- the offset into a scratch register, so that the conditional load/store
- operations can be used. This function returns the original pointer if the
- MEM is valid to use in conditional code, NULL if we can't load up the offset
- into a temporary register, or the new MEM if we were successful. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_ifcvt_rewrite_mem (mem, mode, insn)
- rtx mem;
- enum machine_mode mode;
- rtx insn;
-{
- rtx addr = XEXP (mem, 0);
-
- if (!frv_legitimate_address_p (mode, addr, reload_completed, TRUE))
- {
- if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
- {
- rtx addr_op0 = XEXP (addr, 0);
- rtx addr_op1 = XEXP (addr, 1);
-
- if (plus_small_data_p (addr_op0, addr_op1))
- addr = frv_ifcvt_load_value (addr, insn);
-
- else if (GET_CODE (addr_op0) == REG && CONSTANT_P (addr_op1))
- {
- rtx reg = frv_ifcvt_load_value (addr_op1, insn);
- if (!reg)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, addr_op0, reg);
- }
-
- else
- return NULL_RTX;
- }
-
- else if (CONSTANT_P (addr))
- addr = frv_ifcvt_load_value (addr, insn);
-
- else
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- if (addr == NULL_RTX)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- else if (XEXP (mem, 0) != addr)
- return change_address (mem, mode, addr);
- }
-
- return mem;
-}
-
-
-/* Given a PATTERN, return a SET expression if this PATTERN has only a single
- SET, possibly conditionally executed. It may also have CLOBBERs, USEs. */
-
-static rtx
-single_set_pattern (pattern)
- rtx pattern;
-{
- rtx set;
- int i;
-
- if (GET_CODE (pattern) == COND_EXEC)
- pattern = COND_EXEC_CODE (pattern);
-
- if (GET_CODE (pattern) == SET)
- return pattern;
-
- else if (GET_CODE (pattern) == PARALLEL)
- {
- for (i = 0, set = 0; i < XVECLEN (pattern, 0); i++)
- {
- rtx sub = XVECEXP (pattern, 0, i);
-
- switch (GET_CODE (sub))
- {
- case USE:
- case CLOBBER:
- break;
-
- case SET:
- if (set)
- return 0;
- else
- set = sub;
- break;
-
- default:
- return 0;
- }
- }
- return set;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* A C expression to modify the code described by the conditional if
- information CE_INFO with the new PATTERN in INSN. If PATTERN is a null
- pointer after the IFCVT_MODIFY_INSN macro executes, it is assumed that that
- insn cannot be converted to be executed conditionally. */
-
-rtx
-frv_ifcvt_modify_insn (ce_info, pattern, insn)
- ce_if_block_t *ce_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- rtx pattern;
- rtx insn;
-{
- rtx orig_ce_pattern = pattern;
- rtx set;
- rtx op0;
- rtx op1;
- rtx test;
-
- if (GET_CODE (pattern) != COND_EXEC)
- abort ();
-
- test = COND_EXEC_TEST (pattern);
- if (GET_CODE (test) == AND)
- {
- rtx cr = frv_ifcvt.cr_reg;
- rtx test_reg;
-
- op0 = XEXP (test, 0);
- if (! rtx_equal_p (cr, XEXP (op0, 0)))
- goto fail;
-
- op1 = XEXP (test, 1);
- test_reg = XEXP (op1, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (test_reg) != REG)
- goto fail;
-
- /* Is this the first nested if block in this sequence? If so, generate
- an andcr or andncr. */
- if (! frv_ifcvt.last_nested_if_cr)
- {
- rtx and_op;
-
- frv_ifcvt.last_nested_if_cr = test_reg;
- if (GET_CODE (op0) == NE)
- and_op = gen_andcr (test_reg, cr, test_reg);
- else
- and_op = gen_andncr (test_reg, cr, test_reg);
-
- frv_ifcvt_add_insn (and_op, insn, TRUE);
- }
-
- /* If this isn't the first statement in the nested if sequence, see if we
- are dealing with the same register. */
- else if (! rtx_equal_p (test_reg, frv_ifcvt.last_nested_if_cr))
- goto fail;
-
- COND_EXEC_TEST (pattern) = test = op1;
- }
-
- /* If this isn't a nested if, reset state variables. */
- else
- {
- frv_ifcvt.last_nested_if_cr = NULL_RTX;
- }
-
- set = single_set_pattern (pattern);
- if (set)
- {
- rtx dest = SET_DEST (set);
- rtx src = SET_SRC (set);
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (dest);
-
- /* Check for normal binary operators */
- if (mode == SImode
- && (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (src)) == '2'
- || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (src)) == 'c'))
- {
- op0 = XEXP (src, 0);
- op1 = XEXP (src, 1);
-
- /* Special case load of small data address which looks like:
- r16+symbol_ref */
- if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS && plus_small_data_p (op0, op1))
- {
- src = frv_ifcvt_load_value (src, insn);
- if (src)
- COND_EXEC_CODE (pattern) = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, src);
- else
- goto fail;
- }
-
- else if (integer_register_operand (op0, SImode) && CONSTANT_P (op1))
- {
- op1 = frv_ifcvt_load_value (op1, insn);
- if (op1)
- COND_EXEC_CODE (pattern)
- = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (src),
- GET_MODE (src),
- op0, op1));
- else
- goto fail;
- }
- }
-
- /* For multiply by a constant, we need to handle the sign extending
- correctly. Add a USE of the value after the multiply to prevent flow
- from cratering because only one register out of the two were used. */
- else if (mode == DImode && GET_CODE (src) == MULT)
- {
- op0 = XEXP (src, 0);
- op1 = XEXP (src, 1);
- if (GET_CODE (op0) == SIGN_EXTEND && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
- {
- op1 = frv_ifcvt_load_value (op1, insn);
- if (op1)
- {
- op1 = gen_rtx_SIGN_EXTEND (DImode, op1);
- COND_EXEC_CODE (pattern)
- = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest,
- gen_rtx_MULT (DImode, op0, op1));
- }
- else
- goto fail;
- }
-
- frv_ifcvt_add_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, dest), insn, FALSE);
- }
-
- /* If we are just loading a constant created for a nested conditional
- execution statement, just load the constant without any conditional
- execution, since we know that the constant will not interfere with any
- other registers. */
- else if (frv_ifcvt.scratch_insns_bitmap
- && bitmap_bit_p (frv_ifcvt.scratch_insns_bitmap,
- INSN_UID (insn)))
- pattern = set;
-
- else if (mode == QImode || mode == HImode || mode == SImode
- || mode == SFmode)
- {
- int changed_p = FALSE;
-
- /* Check for just loading up a constant */
- if (CONSTANT_P (src) && integer_register_operand (dest, mode))
- {
- src = frv_ifcvt_load_value (src, insn);
- if (!src)
- goto fail;
-
- changed_p = TRUE;
- }
-
- /* See if we need to fix up stores */
- if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
- {
- rtx new_mem = frv_ifcvt_rewrite_mem (dest, mode, insn);
-
- if (!new_mem)
- goto fail;
-
- else if (new_mem != dest)
- {
- changed_p = TRUE;
- dest = new_mem;
- }
- }
-
- /* See if we need to fix up loads */
- if (GET_CODE (src) == MEM)
- {
- rtx new_mem = frv_ifcvt_rewrite_mem (src, mode, insn);
-
- if (!new_mem)
- goto fail;
-
- else if (new_mem != src)
- {
- changed_p = TRUE;
- src = new_mem;
- }
- }
-
- /* If either src or destination changed, redo SET. */
- if (changed_p)
- COND_EXEC_CODE (pattern) = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, src);
- }
-
- /* Rewrite a nested set cccr in terms of IF_THEN_ELSE. Also deal with
- rewriting the CC register to be the same as the paired CC/CR register
- for nested ifs. */
- else if (mode == CC_CCRmode && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (src)) == '<')
- {
- int regno = REGNO (XEXP (src, 0));
- rtx if_else;
-
- if (ce_info->pass > 1
- && regno != (int)REGNO (frv_ifcvt.nested_cc_reg)
- && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (frv_ifcvt.nested_cc_ok_rewrite, regno))
- {
- src = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (src),
- CC_CCRmode,
- frv_ifcvt.nested_cc_reg,
- XEXP (src, 1));
- }
-
- if_else = gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (CC_CCRmode, test, src, const0_rtx);
- pattern = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, if_else);
- }
-
- /* Remap a nested compare instruction to use the paired CC/CR reg. */
- else if (ce_info->pass > 1
- && GET_CODE (dest) == REG
- && CC_P (REGNO (dest))
- && REGNO (dest) != REGNO (frv_ifcvt.nested_cc_reg)
- && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (frv_ifcvt.nested_cc_ok_rewrite,
- REGNO (dest))
- && GET_CODE (src) == COMPARE)
- {
- PUT_MODE (frv_ifcvt.nested_cc_reg, GET_MODE (dest));
- COND_EXEC_CODE (pattern)
- = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, frv_ifcvt.nested_cc_reg, copy_rtx (src));
- }
- }
-
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_COND_EXEC)
- {
- rtx orig_pattern = PATTERN (insn);
-
- PATTERN (insn) = pattern;
- fprintf (stderr,
- "\n:::::::::: frv_ifcvt_modify_insn: pass = %d, insn after modification:\n",
- ce_info->pass);
-
- debug_rtx (insn);
- PATTERN (insn) = orig_pattern;
- }
-
- return pattern;
-
- fail:
- if (TARGET_DEBUG_COND_EXEC)
- {
- rtx orig_pattern = PATTERN (insn);
-
- PATTERN (insn) = orig_ce_pattern;
- fprintf (stderr,
- "\n:::::::::: frv_ifcvt_modify_insn: pass = %d, insn could not be modified:\n",
- ce_info->pass);
-
- debug_rtx (insn);
- PATTERN (insn) = orig_pattern;
- }
-
- return NULL_RTX;
-}
-
-
-/* A C expression to perform any final machine dependent modifications in
- converting code to conditional execution in the code described by the
- conditional if information CE_INFO. */
-
-void
-frv_ifcvt_modify_final (ce_info)
- ce_if_block_t *ce_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- rtx existing_insn;
- rtx check_insn;
- rtx p = frv_ifcvt.added_insns_list;
- int i;
-
- /* Loop inserting the check insns. The last check insn is the first test,
- and is the appropriate place to insert constants. */
- if (! p)
- abort ();
-
- do
- {
- rtx check_and_insert_insns = XEXP (p, 0);
- rtx old_p = p;
-
- check_insn = XEXP (check_and_insert_insns, 0);
- existing_insn = XEXP (check_and_insert_insns, 1);
- p = XEXP (p, 1);
-
- /* The jump bit is used to say that the new insn is to be inserted BEFORE
- the existing insn, otherwise it is to be inserted AFTER. */
- if (check_and_insert_insns->jump)
- {
- emit_insn_before (check_insn, existing_insn);
- check_and_insert_insns->jump = 0;
- }
- else
- emit_insn_after (check_insn, existing_insn);
-
- free_EXPR_LIST_node (check_and_insert_insns);
- free_EXPR_LIST_node (old_p);
- }
- while (p != NULL_RTX);
-
- /* Load up any constants needed into temp gprs */
- for (i = 0; i < frv_ifcvt.cur_scratch_regs; i++)
- {
- rtx insn = emit_insn_before (frv_ifcvt.scratch_regs[i], existing_insn);
- if (! frv_ifcvt.scratch_insns_bitmap)
- frv_ifcvt.scratch_insns_bitmap = BITMAP_XMALLOC ();
- bitmap_set_bit (frv_ifcvt.scratch_insns_bitmap, INSN_UID (insn));
- frv_ifcvt.scratch_regs[i] = NULL_RTX;
- }
-
- frv_ifcvt.added_insns_list = NULL_RTX;
- frv_ifcvt.cur_scratch_regs = 0;
-}
-
-
-/* A C expression to cancel any machine dependent modifications in converting
- code to conditional execution in the code described by the conditional if
- information CE_INFO. */
-
-void
-frv_ifcvt_modify_cancel (ce_info)
- ce_if_block_t *ce_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- int i;
- rtx p = frv_ifcvt.added_insns_list;
-
- /* Loop freeing up the EXPR_LIST's allocated. */
- while (p != NULL_RTX)
- {
- rtx check_and_jump = XEXP (p, 0);
- rtx old_p = p;
-
- p = XEXP (p, 1);
- free_EXPR_LIST_node (check_and_jump);
- free_EXPR_LIST_node (old_p);
- }
-
- /* Release any temporary gprs allocated. */
- for (i = 0; i < frv_ifcvt.cur_scratch_regs; i++)
- frv_ifcvt.scratch_regs[i] = NULL_RTX;
-
- frv_ifcvt.added_insns_list = NULL_RTX;
- frv_ifcvt.cur_scratch_regs = 0;
- return;
-}
-
-/* A C expression for the size in bytes of the trampoline, as an integer.
- The template is:
-
- setlo #0, <jmp_reg>
- setlo #0, <static_chain>
- sethi #0, <jmp_reg>
- sethi #0, <static_chain>
- jmpl @(gr0,<jmp_reg>) */
-
-int
-frv_trampoline_size ()
-{
- return 5 /* instructions */ * 4 /* instruction size */;
-}
-
-
-/* A C statement to initialize the variable parts of a trampoline. ADDR is an
- RTX for the address of the trampoline; FNADDR is an RTX for the address of
- the nested function; STATIC_CHAIN is an RTX for the static chain value that
- should be passed to the function when it is called.
-
- The template is:
-
- setlo #0, <jmp_reg>
- setlo #0, <static_chain>
- sethi #0, <jmp_reg>
- sethi #0, <static_chain>
- jmpl @(gr0,<jmp_reg>) */
-
-void
-frv_initialize_trampoline (addr, fnaddr, static_chain)
- rtx addr;
- rtx fnaddr;
- rtx static_chain;
-{
- rtx sc_reg = force_reg (Pmode, static_chain);
-
- emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (SImode, "__trampoline_setup"),
- FALSE, VOIDmode, 4,
- addr, Pmode,
- GEN_INT (frv_trampoline_size ()), SImode,
- fnaddr, Pmode,
- sc_reg, Pmode);
-}
-
-
-/* Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or from
- memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the `MQ'
- register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or from general
- registers, but not memory. Some machines allow copying all registers to and
- from memory, but require a scratch register for stores to some memory
- locations (e.g., those with symbolic address on the RT, and those with
- certain symbolic address on the Sparc when compiling PIC). In some cases,
- both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.
-
- You should define these macros to indicate to the reload phase that it may
- need to allocate at least one register for a reload in addition to the
- register to contain the data. Specifically, if copying X to a register
- CLASS in MODE requires an intermediate register, you should define
- `SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS' to return the largest register class all of
- whose registers can be used as intermediate registers or scratch registers.
-
- If copying a register CLASS in MODE to X requires an intermediate or scratch
- register, `SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS' should be defined to return the
- largest register class required. If the requirements for input and output
- reloads are the same, the macro `SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS' should be used
- instead of defining both macros identically.
-
- The values returned by these macros are often `GENERAL_REGS'. Return
- `NO_REGS' if no spare register is needed; i.e., if X can be directly copied
- to or from a register of CLASS in MODE without requiring a scratch register.
- Do not define this macro if it would always return `NO_REGS'.
-
- If a scratch register is required (either with or without an intermediate
- register), you should define patterns for `reload_inM' or `reload_outM', as
- required.. These patterns, which will normally be implemented with a
- `define_expand', should be similar to the `movM' patterns, except that
- operand 2 is the scratch register.
-
- Define constraints for the reload register and scratch register that contain
- a single register class. If the original reload register (whose class is
- CLASS) can meet the constraint given in the pattern, the value returned by
- these macros is used for the class of the scratch register. Otherwise, two
- additional reload registers are required. Their classes are obtained from
- the constraints in the insn pattern.
-
- X might be a pseudo-register or a `subreg' of a pseudo-register, which could
- either be in a hard register or in memory. Use `true_regnum' to find out;
- it will return -1 if the pseudo is in memory and the hard register number if
- it is in a register.
-
- These macros should not be used in the case where a particular class of
- registers can only be copied to memory and not to another class of
- registers. In that case, secondary reload registers are not needed and
- would not be helpful. Instead, a stack location must be used to perform the
- copy and the `movM' pattern should use memory as a intermediate storage.
- This case often occurs between floating-point and general registers. */
-
-enum reg_class
-frv_secondary_reload_class (class, mode, x, in_p)
- enum reg_class class;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- rtx x;
- int in_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- enum reg_class ret;
-
- switch (class)
- {
- default:
- ret = NO_REGS;
- break;
-
- /* Accumulators/Accumulator guard registers need to go through floating
- point registers. */
- case QUAD_REGS:
- case EVEN_REGS:
- case GPR_REGS:
- ret = NO_REGS;
- if (x && GET_CODE (x) == REG)
- {
- int regno = REGNO (x);
-
- if (ACC_P (regno) || ACCG_P (regno))
- ret = FPR_REGS;
- }
- break;
-
- /* Non-zero constants should be loaded into an FPR through a GPR. */
- case QUAD_FPR_REGS:
- case FEVEN_REGS:
- case FPR_REGS:
- if (x && CONSTANT_P (x) && !ZERO_P (x))
- ret = GPR_REGS;
- else
- ret = NO_REGS;
- break;
-
- /* All of these types need gpr registers. */
- case ICC_REGS:
- case FCC_REGS:
- case CC_REGS:
- case ICR_REGS:
- case FCR_REGS:
- case CR_REGS:
- case LCR_REG:
- case LR_REG:
- ret = GPR_REGS;
- break;
-
- /* The accumulators need fpr registers */
- case ACC_REGS:
- case EVEN_ACC_REGS:
- case QUAD_ACC_REGS:
- case ACCG_REGS:
- ret = FPR_REGS;
- break;
- }
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-
-/* A C expression whose value is nonzero if pseudos that have been assigned to
- registers of class CLASS would likely be spilled because registers of CLASS
- are needed for spill registers.
-
- The default value of this macro returns 1 if CLASS has exactly one register
- and zero otherwise. On most machines, this default should be used. Only
- define this macro to some other expression if pseudo allocated by
- `local-alloc.c' end up in memory because their hard registers were needed
- for spill registers. If this macro returns nonzero for those classes, those
- pseudos will only be allocated by `global.c', which knows how to reallocate
- the pseudo to another register. If there would not be another register
- available for reallocation, you should not change the definition of this
- macro since the only effect of such a definition would be to slow down
- register allocation. */
-
-int
-frv_class_likely_spilled_p (class)
- enum reg_class class;
-{
- switch (class)
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case ICC_REGS:
- case FCC_REGS:
- case CC_REGS:
- case ICR_REGS:
- case FCR_REGS:
- case CR_REGS:
- case LCR_REG:
- case LR_REG:
- case SPR_REGS:
- case QUAD_ACC_REGS:
- case EVEN_ACC_REGS:
- case ACC_REGS:
- case ACCG_REGS:
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-/* An expression for the alignment of a structure field FIELD if the
- alignment computed in the usual way is COMPUTED. GNU CC uses this
- value instead of the value in `BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT' or
- `BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT', if defined, for structure fields only. */
-
-/* The definition type of the bit field data is either char, short, long or
- long long. The maximum bit size is the number of bits of its own type.
-
- The bit field data is assigned to a storage unit that has an adequate size
- for bit field data retention and is located at the smallest address.
-
- Consecutive bit field data are packed at consecutive bits having the same
- storage unit, with regard to the type, beginning with the MSB and continuing
- toward the LSB.
-
- If a field to be assigned lies over a bit field type boundary, its
- assignment is completed by aligning it with a boundary suitable for the
- type.
-
- When a bit field having a bit length of 0 is declared, it is forcibly
- assigned to the next storage unit.
-
- e.g)
- struct {
- int a:2;
- int b:6;
- char c:4;
- int d:10;
- int :0;
- int f:2;
- } x;
-
- +0 +1 +2 +3
- &x 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
- MLM----L
- a b
- &x+4 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
- M--L
- c
- &x+8 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
- M----------L
- d
- &x+12 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
- ML
- f
-*/
-
-int
-frv_adjust_field_align (field, computed)
- tree field;
- int computed;
-{
- /* C++ provides a null DECL_CONTEXT if the bit field is wider than its
- type. */
- if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (field) && DECL_CONTEXT (field))
- {
- tree parent = DECL_CONTEXT (field);
- tree prev = NULL_TREE;
- tree cur;
-
- /* Loop finding the previous field to the current one */
- for (cur = TYPE_FIELDS (parent); cur && cur != field; cur = TREE_CHAIN (cur))
- {
- if (TREE_CODE (cur) != FIELD_DECL)
- continue;
-
- prev = cur;
- }
-
- if (!cur)
- abort ();
-
- /* If this isn't a :0 field and if the previous element is a bitfield
- also, see if the type is different, if so, we will need to align the
- bitfield to the next boundary */
- if (prev
- && ! DECL_PACKED (field)
- && ! integer_zerop (DECL_SIZE (field))
- && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (field) != DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (prev))
- {
- int prev_align = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (prev));
- int cur_align = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (field));
- computed = (prev_align > cur_align) ? prev_align : cur_align;
- }
- }
-
- return computed;
-}
-
-
-/* A C expression that is nonzero if it is permissible to store a value of mode
- MODE in hard register number REGNO (or in several registers starting with
- that one). For a machine where all registers are equivalent, a suitable
- definition is
-
- #define HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK(REGNO, MODE) 1
-
- It is not necessary for this macro to check for the numbers of fixed
- registers, because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always
- occupied.
-
- On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd register
- pairs. The way to implement that is to define this macro to reject odd
- register numbers for such modes.
-
- The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the
- `movMODE' instruction pattern support moves between the register and any
- other hard register for which the mode is OK; and that moving a value into
- the register and back out not alter it.
-
- Since the same instruction used to move `SImode' will work for all narrower
- integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for `HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK'
- to distinguish between these modes, provided you define patterns `movhi',
- etc., to take advantage of this. This is useful because of the interaction
- between `HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK' and `MODES_TIEABLE_P'; it is very desirable for
- all integer modes to be tieable.
-
- Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic. Often
- people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only in floating
- point registers. This is not true. Any registers that can hold integers
- can safely *hold* a floating point machine mode, whether or not floating
- arithmetic can be done on it in those registers. Integer move instructions
- can be used to move the values.
-
- On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine modes
- may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating registers
- normalize any value stored in them, because storing a non-floating value
- there would garble it. In this case, `HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK' should reject
- fixed-point machine modes in floating registers. But if the floating
- registers do not automatically normalize, if you can store any bit pattern
- in one and retrieve it unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may
- go in a floating register, so you can define this macro to say so.
-
- The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that they
- are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic instructions.
- However, this is of no concern to `HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK'. You handle it by
- writing the proper constraints for those instructions.
-
- On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access, so
- that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a register
- if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the floating
- registers are not in class `GENERAL_REGS', they will not be used unless some
- pattern's constraint asks for one. */
-
-int
-frv_hard_regno_mode_ok (regno, mode)
- int regno;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- int base;
- int mask;
-
- switch (mode)
- {
- case CCmode:
- case CC_UNSmode:
- return ICC_P (regno) || GPR_P (regno);
-
- case CC_CCRmode:
- return CR_P (regno) || GPR_P (regno);
-
- case CC_FPmode:
- return FCC_P (regno) || GPR_P (regno);
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- /* Set BASE to the first register in REGNO's class. Set MASK to the
- bits that must be clear in (REGNO - BASE) for the register to be
- well-aligned. */
- if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode) || FLOAT_MODE_P (mode) || VECTOR_MODE_P (mode))
- {
- if (ACCG_P (regno))
- {
- /* ACCGs store one byte. Two-byte quantities must start in
- even-numbered registers, four-byte ones in registers whose
- numbers are divisible by four, and so on. */
- base = ACCG_FIRST;
- mask = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) - 1;
- }
- else
- {
- /* The other registers store one word. */
- if (GPR_P (regno))
- base = GPR_FIRST;
-
- else if (FPR_P (regno))
- base = FPR_FIRST;
-
- else if (ACC_P (regno))
- base = ACC_FIRST;
-
- else
- return 0;
-
- /* Anything smaller than an SI is OK in any word-sized register. */
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < 4)
- return 1;
-
- mask = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4) - 1;
- }
- return (((regno - base) & mask) == 0);
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* A C expression for the number of consecutive hard registers, starting at
- register number REGNO, required to hold a value of mode MODE.
-
- On a machine where all registers are exactly one word, a suitable definition
- of this macro is
-
- #define HARD_REGNO_NREGS(REGNO, MODE) \
- ((GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) \
- / UNITS_PER_WORD)) */
-
-/* On the FRV, make the CC_FP mode take 3 words in the integer registers, so
- that we can build the appropriate instructions to properly reload the
- values. Also, make the byte-sized accumulator guards use one guard
- for each byte. */
-
-int
-frv_hard_regno_nregs (regno, mode)
- int regno;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (ACCG_P (regno))
- return GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
- else
- return (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
-}
-
-
-/* A C expression for the maximum number of consecutive registers of
- class CLASS needed to hold a value of mode MODE.
-
- This is closely related to the macro `HARD_REGNO_NREGS'. In fact, the value
- of the macro `CLASS_MAX_NREGS (CLASS, MODE)' should be the maximum value of
- `HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO, MODE)' for all REGNO values in the class CLASS.
-
- This macro helps control the handling of multiple-word values in
- the reload pass.
-
- This declaration is required. */
-
-int
-frv_class_max_nregs (class, mode)
- enum reg_class class;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (class == ACCG_REGS)
- /* An N-byte value requires N accumulator guards. */
- return GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
- else
- return (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
-}
-
-
-/* A C expression that is nonzero if X is a legitimate constant for an
- immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that X satisfies
- `CONSTANT_P', so you need not check this. In fact, `1' is a suitable
- definition for this macro on machines where anything `CONSTANT_P' is valid. */
-
-int
-frv_legitimate_constant_p (x)
- rtx x;
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
-
- /* All of the integer constants are ok */
- if (GET_CODE (x) != CONST_DOUBLE)
- return TRUE;
-
- /* double integer constants are ok */
- if (mode == VOIDmode || mode == DImode)
- return TRUE;
-
- /* 0 is always ok */
- if (x == CONST0_RTX (mode))
- return TRUE;
-
- /* If floating point is just emulated, allow any constant, since it will be
- constructed in the GPRs */
- if (!TARGET_HAS_FPRS)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (mode == DFmode && !TARGET_DOUBLE)
- return TRUE;
-
- /* Otherwise store the constant away and do a load. */
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* A C expression for the cost of moving data from a register in class FROM to
- one in class TO. The classes are expressed using the enumeration values
- such as `GENERAL_REGS'. A value of 4 is the default; other values are
- interpreted relative to that.
-
- It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when FROM is the same as TO;
- on some machines it is expensive to move between registers if they are not
- general registers.
-
- If reload sees an insn consisting of a single `set' between two hard
- registers, and if `REGISTER_MOVE_COST' applied to their classes returns a
- value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the constraints of the insn
- are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will allow reload to verify that
- the constraints are met. You should do this if the `movM' pattern's
- constraints do not allow such copying. */
-
-#define HIGH_COST 40
-#define MEDIUM_COST 3
-#define LOW_COST 1
-
-int
-frv_register_move_cost (from, to)
- enum reg_class from;
- enum reg_class to;
-{
- switch (from)
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case QUAD_REGS:
- case EVEN_REGS:
- case GPR_REGS:
- switch (to)
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case QUAD_REGS:
- case EVEN_REGS:
- case GPR_REGS:
- return LOW_COST;
-
- case FEVEN_REGS:
- case FPR_REGS:
- return LOW_COST;
-
- case LCR_REG:
- case LR_REG:
- case SPR_REGS:
- return LOW_COST;
- }
-
- case FEVEN_REGS:
- case FPR_REGS:
- switch (to)
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case QUAD_REGS:
- case EVEN_REGS:
- case GPR_REGS:
- case ACC_REGS:
- case EVEN_ACC_REGS:
- case QUAD_ACC_REGS:
- case ACCG_REGS:
- return MEDIUM_COST;
-
- case FEVEN_REGS:
- case FPR_REGS:
- return LOW_COST;
- }
-
- case LCR_REG:
- case LR_REG:
- case SPR_REGS:
- switch (to)
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case QUAD_REGS:
- case EVEN_REGS:
- case GPR_REGS:
- return MEDIUM_COST;
- }
-
- case ACC_REGS:
- case EVEN_ACC_REGS:
- case QUAD_ACC_REGS:
- case ACCG_REGS:
- switch (to)
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case FEVEN_REGS:
- case FPR_REGS:
- return MEDIUM_COST;
-
- }
- }
-
- return HIGH_COST;
-}
-
-/* Implementation of TARGET_ASM_INTEGER. In the FRV case we need to
- use ".picptr" to generate safe relocations for PIC code. We also
- need a fixup entry for aligned (non-debugging) code. */
-
-static bool
-frv_assemble_integer (value, size, aligned_p)
- rtx value;
- unsigned int size;
- int aligned_p;
-{
- if (flag_pic && size == UNITS_PER_WORD)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (value) == CONST
- || GET_CODE (value) == SYMBOL_REF
- || GET_CODE (value) == LABEL_REF)
- {
- if (aligned_p)
- {
- static int label_num = 0;
- char buf[256];
- const char *p;
-
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, "LCP", label_num++);
- p = (* targetm.strip_name_encoding) (buf);
-
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s:\n", p);
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\n", FIXUP_SECTION_ASM_OP);
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.picptr\t%s\n", p);
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.previous\n");
- }
- assemble_integer_with_op ("\t.picptr\t", value);
- return true;
- }
- if (!aligned_p)
- {
- /* We've set the unaligned SI op to NULL, so we always have to
- handle the unaligned case here. */
- assemble_integer_with_op ("\t.4byte\t", value);
- return true;
- }
- }
- return default_assemble_integer (value, size, aligned_p);
-}
-
-/* Function to set up the backend function structure. */
-
-static struct machine_function *
-frv_init_machine_status ()
-{
- return ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct machine_function));
-}
-
-
-/* Update the register state information, to know about which registers are set
- or clobbered. */
-
-static void
-frv_registers_update (x, reg_state, modified, p_num_mod, flag)
- rtx x;
- unsigned char reg_state[];
- int modified[];
- int *p_num_mod;
- int flag;
-{
- int regno, reg_max;
- rtx reg;
- rtx cond;
- const char *format;
- int length;
- int j;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- /* Clobber just modifies a register, it doesn't make it live. */
- case CLOBBER:
- frv_registers_update (XEXP (x, 0), reg_state, modified, p_num_mod,
- flag | REGSTATE_MODIFIED);
- return;
-
- /* Pre modify updates the first argument, just references the second. */
- case PRE_MODIFY:
- case SET:
- frv_registers_update (XEXP (x, 0), reg_state, modified, p_num_mod,
- flag | REGSTATE_MODIFIED | REGSTATE_LIVE);
- frv_registers_update (XEXP (x, 1), reg_state, modified, p_num_mod, flag);
- return;
-
- /* For COND_EXEC, pass the appropriate flag to evaluate the conditional
- statement, but just to be sure, make sure it is the type of cond_exec
- we expect. */
- case COND_EXEC:
- cond = XEXP (x, 0);
- if ((GET_CODE (cond) == EQ || GET_CODE (cond) == NE)
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (cond, 0)) == REG
- && CR_P (REGNO (XEXP (cond, 0)))
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (cond, 1)) == CONST_INT
- && INTVAL (XEXP (cond, 1)) == 0
- && (flag & (REGSTATE_MODIFIED | REGSTATE_IF_EITHER)) == 0)
- {
- frv_registers_update (cond, reg_state, modified, p_num_mod, flag);
- flag |= ((REGNO (XEXP (cond, 0)) - CR_FIRST)
- | ((GET_CODE (cond) == NE)
- ? REGSTATE_IF_TRUE
- : REGSTATE_IF_FALSE));
-
- frv_registers_update (XEXP (x, 1), reg_state, modified, p_num_mod,
- flag);
- return;
- }
- else
- fatal_insn ("frv_registers_update", x);
-
- /* MEM resets the modification bits. */
- case MEM:
- flag &= ~REGSTATE_MODIFIED;
- break;
-
- /* See if we need to set the modified flag. */
- case SUBREG:
- reg = SUBREG_REG (x);
- if (GET_CODE (reg) == REG)
- {
- regno = subreg_regno (x);
- reg_max = REGNO (reg) + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (reg));
- goto reg_common;
- }
- break;
-
- case REG:
- regno = REGNO (x);
- reg_max = regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x));
- /* fall through */
-
- reg_common:
- if (flag & REGSTATE_MODIFIED)
- {
- flag &= REGSTATE_MASK;
- while (regno < reg_max)
- {
- int rs = reg_state[regno];
-
- if (flag != rs)
- {
- if ((rs & REGSTATE_MODIFIED) == 0)
- {
- modified[ *p_num_mod ] = regno;
- (*p_num_mod)++;
- }
-
- /* If the previous register state had the register as
- modified, possibly in some conditional execution context,
- and the current insn modifies in some other context, or
- outside of conditional execution, just mark the variable
- as modified. */
- else
- flag &= ~(REGSTATE_IF_EITHER | REGSTATE_CC_MASK);
-
- reg_state[regno] = (rs | flag);
- }
- regno++;
- }
- }
- return;
- }
-
-
- length = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x));
- format = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
-
- for (j = 0; j < length; ++j)
- {
- switch (format[j])
- {
- case 'e':
- frv_registers_update (XEXP (x, j), reg_state, modified, p_num_mod,
- flag);
- break;
-
- case 'V':
- case 'E':
- if (XVEC (x, j) != 0)
- {
- int k;
- for (k = 0; k < XVECLEN (x, j); ++k)
- frv_registers_update (XVECEXP (x, j, k), reg_state, modified,
- p_num_mod, flag);
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- /* Nothing to do. */
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return;
-}
-
-
-/* Return if any registers in a hard register set were used an insn. */
-
-static int
-frv_registers_used_p (x, reg_state, flag)
- rtx x;
- unsigned char reg_state[];
- int flag;
-{
- int regno, reg_max;
- rtx reg;
- rtx cond;
- rtx dest;
- const char *format;
- int result;
- int length;
- int j;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- /* Skip clobber, that doesn't use the previous value */
- case CLOBBER:
- return FALSE;
-
- /* For SET, if a conditional jump has occurred in the same insn, only
- allow a set of a CR register if that register is not currently live.
- This is because on the FR-V, B0/B1 instructions are always last.
- Otherwise, don't look at the result, except within a MEM, but do look
- at the source. */
- case SET:
- dest = SET_DEST (x);
- if (flag & REGSTATE_CONDJUMP
- && GET_CODE (dest) == REG && CR_P (REGNO (dest))
- && (reg_state[ REGNO (dest) ] & REGSTATE_LIVE) != 0)
- return TRUE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
- {
- result = frv_registers_used_p (XEXP (dest, 0), reg_state, flag);
- if (result)
- return result;
- }
-
- return frv_registers_used_p (SET_SRC (x), reg_state, flag);
-
- /* For COND_EXEC, pass the appropriate flag to evaluate the conditional
- statement, but just to be sure, make sure it is the type of cond_exec
- we expect. */
- case COND_EXEC:
- cond = XEXP (x, 0);
- if ((GET_CODE (cond) == EQ || GET_CODE (cond) == NE)
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (cond, 0)) == REG
- && CR_P (REGNO (XEXP (cond, 0)))
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (cond, 1)) == CONST_INT
- && INTVAL (XEXP (cond, 1)) == 0
- && (flag & (REGSTATE_MODIFIED | REGSTATE_IF_EITHER)) == 0)
- {
- result = frv_registers_used_p (cond, reg_state, flag);
- if (result)
- return result;
-
- flag |= ((REGNO (XEXP (cond, 0)) - CR_FIRST)
- | ((GET_CODE (cond) == NE)
- ? REGSTATE_IF_TRUE
- : REGSTATE_IF_FALSE));
-
- return frv_registers_used_p (XEXP (x, 1), reg_state, flag);
- }
- else
- fatal_insn ("frv_registers_used_p", x);
-
- /* See if a register or subreg was modified in the same VLIW insn. */
- case SUBREG:
- reg = SUBREG_REG (x);
- if (GET_CODE (reg) == REG)
- {
- regno = subreg_regno (x);
- reg_max = REGNO (reg) + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (reg));
- goto reg_common;
- }
- break;
-
- case REG:
- regno = REGNO (x);
- reg_max = regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x));
- /* fall through */
-
- reg_common:
- while (regno < reg_max)
- {
- int rs = reg_state[regno];
-
- if (rs & REGSTATE_MODIFIED)
- {
- int rs_if = rs & REGSTATE_IF_EITHER;
- int flag_if = flag & REGSTATE_IF_EITHER;
-
- /* Simple modification, no conditional execution */
- if ((rs & REGSTATE_IF_EITHER) == 0)
- return TRUE;
-
- /* See if the variable is only modified in a conditional
- execution expression opposite to the conditional execution
- expression that governs this expression (ie, true vs. false
- for the same CC register). If this isn't two halves of the
- same conditional expression, consider the register
- modified. */
- if (((rs_if == REGSTATE_IF_TRUE && flag_if == REGSTATE_IF_FALSE)
- || (rs_if == REGSTATE_IF_FALSE && flag_if == REGSTATE_IF_TRUE))
- && ((rs & REGSTATE_CC_MASK) == (flag & REGSTATE_CC_MASK)))
- ;
- else
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- regno++;
- }
- return FALSE;
- }
-
-
- length = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x));
- format = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
-
- for (j = 0; j < length; ++j)
- {
- switch (format[j])
- {
- case 'e':
- result = frv_registers_used_p (XEXP (x, j), reg_state, flag);
- if (result != 0)
- return result;
- break;
-
- case 'V':
- case 'E':
- if (XVEC (x, j) != 0)
- {
- int k;
- for (k = 0; k < XVECLEN (x, j); ++k)
- {
- result = frv_registers_used_p (XVECEXP (x, j, k), reg_state,
- flag);
- if (result != 0)
- return result;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- /* Nothing to do. */
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Return if any registers in a hard register set were set in an insn. */
-
-static int
-frv_registers_set_p (x, reg_state, modify_p)
- rtx x;
- unsigned char reg_state[];
- int modify_p;
-{
- int regno, reg_max;
- rtx reg;
- rtx cond;
- const char *format;
- int length;
- int j;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- default:
- break;
-
- case CLOBBER:
- return frv_registers_set_p (XEXP (x, 0), reg_state, TRUE);
-
- case PRE_MODIFY:
- case SET:
- return (frv_registers_set_p (XEXP (x, 0), reg_state, TRUE)
- || frv_registers_set_p (XEXP (x, 1), reg_state, FALSE));
-
- case COND_EXEC:
- cond = XEXP (x, 0);
- /* just to be sure, make sure it is the type of cond_exec we
- expect. */
- if ((GET_CODE (cond) == EQ || GET_CODE (cond) == NE)
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (cond, 0)) == REG
- && CR_P (REGNO (XEXP (cond, 0)))
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (cond, 1)) == CONST_INT
- && INTVAL (XEXP (cond, 1)) == 0
- && !modify_p)
- return frv_registers_set_p (XEXP (x, 1), reg_state, modify_p);
- else
- fatal_insn ("frv_registers_set_p", x);
-
- /* MEM resets the modification bits. */
- case MEM:
- modify_p = FALSE;
- break;
-
- /* See if we need to set the modified modify_p. */
- case SUBREG:
- reg = SUBREG_REG (x);
- if (GET_CODE (reg) == REG)
- {
- regno = subreg_regno (x);
- reg_max = REGNO (reg) + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (reg));
- goto reg_common;
- }
- break;
-
- case REG:
- regno = REGNO (x);
- reg_max = regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x));
- /* fall through */
-
- reg_common:
- if (modify_p)
- while (regno < reg_max)
- {
- int rs = reg_state[regno];
-
- if (rs & REGSTATE_MODIFIED)
- return TRUE;
- regno++;
- }
- return FALSE;
- }
-
-
- length = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x));
- format = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
-
- for (j = 0; j < length; ++j)
- {
- switch (format[j])
- {
- case 'e':
- if (frv_registers_set_p (XEXP (x, j), reg_state, modify_p))
- return TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'V':
- case 'E':
- if (XVEC (x, j) != 0)
- {
- int k;
- for (k = 0; k < XVECLEN (x, j); ++k)
- if (frv_registers_set_p (XVECEXP (x, j, k), reg_state,
- modify_p))
- return TRUE;
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- /* Nothing to do. */
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-/* In rare cases, correct code generation requires extra machine dependent
- processing between the second jump optimization pass and delayed branch
- scheduling. On those machines, define this macro as a C statement to act on
- the code starting at INSN. */
-
-/* On the FR-V, this pass is used to rescan the insn chain, and pack
- conditional branches/calls/jumps, etc. with previous insns where it can. It
- does not reorder the instructions. We assume the scheduler left the flow
- information in a reasonable state. */
-
-static void
-frv_pack_insns ()
-{
- state_t frv_state; /* frv state machine */
- int cur_start_vliw_p; /* current insn starts a VLIW insn */
- int next_start_vliw_p; /* next insn starts a VLIW insn */
- int cur_condjump_p; /* flag if current insn is a cond jump*/
- int next_condjump_p; /* flag if next insn is a cond jump */
- rtx insn;
- rtx link;
- int j;
- int num_mod = 0; /* # of modified registers */
- int modified[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER]; /* registers modified in current VLIW */
- /* register state information */
- unsigned char reg_state[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
-
- /* If we weren't going to pack the insns, don't bother with this pass. */
- if (!optimize || !flag_schedule_insns_after_reload || TARGET_NO_VLIW_BRANCH)
- return;
-
- switch (frv_cpu_type)
- {
- default:
- case FRV_CPU_FR300: /* FR300/simple are single issue */
- case FRV_CPU_SIMPLE:
- return;
-
- case FRV_CPU_GENERIC: /* FR-V and FR500 are multi-issue */
- case FRV_CPU_FR400:
- case FRV_CPU_FR500:
- case FRV_CPU_TOMCAT:
- break;
- }
-
- /* Set up the instruction and register states. */
- dfa_start ();
- frv_state = (state_t) xmalloc (state_size ());
- memset ((PTR) reg_state, REGSTATE_DEAD, sizeof (reg_state));
-
- /* Go through the insns, and repack the insns. */
- state_reset (frv_state);
- cur_start_vliw_p = FALSE;
- next_start_vliw_p = TRUE;
- cur_condjump_p = 0;
- next_condjump_p = 0;
-
- for (insn = get_insns (); insn != NULL_RTX; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
- {
- enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (insn);
- enum rtx_code pattern_code;
-
- /* For basic block begin notes redo the live information, and skip other
- notes. */
- if (code == NOTE)
- {
- if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == (int)NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
- {
- regset live;
-
- for (j = 0; j < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; j++)
- reg_state[j] &= ~ REGSTATE_LIVE;
-
- live = NOTE_BASIC_BLOCK (insn)->global_live_at_start;
- EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET(live, 0, j,
- {
- reg_state[j] |= REGSTATE_LIVE;
- });
- }
-
- continue;
- }
-
- /* things like labels reset everything. */
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != 'i')
- {
- next_start_vliw_p = TRUE;
- continue;
- }
-
- /* Clear the VLIW start flag on random USE and CLOBBER insns, which is
- set on the USE insn that preceeds the return, and potentially on
- CLOBBERs for setting multiword variables. Also skip the ADDR_VEC
- holding the case table labels. */
- pattern_code = GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn));
- if (pattern_code == USE || pattern_code == CLOBBER
- || pattern_code == ADDR_VEC || pattern_code == ADDR_DIFF_VEC)
- {
- CLEAR_VLIW_START (insn);
- continue;
- }
-
- cur_start_vliw_p = next_start_vliw_p;
- next_start_vliw_p = FALSE;
-
- cur_condjump_p |= next_condjump_p;
- next_condjump_p = 0;
-
- /* Unconditional branches and calls end the current VLIW insn. */
- if (code == CALL_INSN)
- {
- next_start_vliw_p = TRUE;
-
- /* On a TOMCAT, calls must be alone in the VLIW insns. */
- if (frv_cpu_type == FRV_CPU_TOMCAT)
- cur_start_vliw_p = TRUE;
- }
- else if (code == JUMP_INSN)
- {
- if (any_condjump_p (insn))
- next_condjump_p = REGSTATE_CONDJUMP;
- else
- next_start_vliw_p = TRUE;
- }
-
- /* Only allow setting a CCR register after a conditional branch. */
- else if (((cur_condjump_p & REGSTATE_CONDJUMP) != 0)
- && get_attr_type (insn) != TYPE_CCR)
- cur_start_vliw_p = TRUE;
-
- /* Determine if we need to start a new VLIW instruction. */
- if (cur_start_vliw_p
- /* Do not check for register conflicts in a setlo instruction
- because any output or true dependencies will be with the
- partnering sethi instruction, with which it can be packed.
-
- Although output dependencies are rare they are still
- possible. So check output dependencies in VLIW insn. */
- || (get_attr_type (insn) != TYPE_SETLO
- && (frv_registers_used_p (PATTERN (insn),
- reg_state,
- cur_condjump_p)
- || frv_registers_set_p (PATTERN (insn), reg_state, FALSE)))
- || state_transition (frv_state, insn) >= 0)
- {
- SET_VLIW_START (insn);
- state_reset (frv_state);
- state_transition (frv_state, insn);
- cur_condjump_p = 0;
-
- /* Update the modified registers. */
- for (j = 0; j < num_mod; j++)
- reg_state[ modified[j] ] &= ~(REGSTATE_CC_MASK
- | REGSTATE_IF_EITHER
- | REGSTATE_MODIFIED);
-
- num_mod = 0;
- }
- else
- CLEAR_VLIW_START (insn);
-
- /* Record which registers are modified. */
- frv_registers_update (PATTERN (insn), reg_state, modified, &num_mod, 0);
-
- /* Process the death notices */
- for (link = REG_NOTES (insn);
- link != NULL_RTX;
- link = XEXP (link, 1))
- {
- rtx reg = XEXP (link, 0);
-
- if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_DEAD && GET_CODE (reg) == REG)
- {
- int regno = REGNO (reg);
- int n = regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (reg));
- for (; regno < n; regno++)
- reg_state[regno] &= ~REGSTATE_LIVE;
- }
- }
- }
-
- free ((PTR) frv_state);
- dfa_finish ();
- return;
-}
-
-
-#define def_builtin(name, type, code) \
- builtin_function ((name), (type), (code), BUILT_IN_MD, NULL, NULL)
-
-struct builtin_description
-{
- enum insn_code icode;
- const char *name;
- enum frv_builtins code;
- enum rtx_code comparison;
- unsigned int flag;
-};
-
-/* Media intrinsics that take a single, constant argument. */
-
-static struct builtin_description bdesc_set[] =
-{
- { CODE_FOR_mhdsets, "__MHDSETS", FRV_BUILTIN_MHDSETS, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Media intrinsics that take just one argument. */
-
-static struct builtin_description bdesc_1arg[] =
-{
- { CODE_FOR_mnot, "__MNOT", FRV_BUILTIN_MNOT, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_munpackh, "__MUNPACKH", FRV_BUILTIN_MUNPACKH, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mbtoh, "__MBTOH", FRV_BUILTIN_MBTOH, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mhtob, "__MHTOB", FRV_BUILTIN_MHTOB, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mabshs, "__MABSHS", FRV_BUILTIN_MABSHS, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Media intrinsics that take two arguments. */
-
-static struct builtin_description bdesc_2arg[] =
-{
- { CODE_FOR_mand, "__MAND", FRV_BUILTIN_MAND, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mor, "__MOR", FRV_BUILTIN_MOR, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mxor, "__MXOR", FRV_BUILTIN_MXOR, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_maveh, "__MAVEH", FRV_BUILTIN_MAVEH, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_msaths, "__MSATHS", FRV_BUILTIN_MSATHS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_msathu, "__MSATHU", FRV_BUILTIN_MSATHU, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_maddhss, "__MADDHSS", FRV_BUILTIN_MADDHSS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_maddhus, "__MADDHUS", FRV_BUILTIN_MADDHUS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_msubhss, "__MSUBHSS", FRV_BUILTIN_MSUBHSS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_msubhus, "__MSUBHUS", FRV_BUILTIN_MSUBHUS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqaddhss, "__MQADDHSS", FRV_BUILTIN_MQADDHSS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqaddhus, "__MQADDHUS", FRV_BUILTIN_MQADDHUS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqsubhss, "__MQSUBHSS", FRV_BUILTIN_MQSUBHSS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqsubhus, "__MQSUBHUS", FRV_BUILTIN_MQSUBHUS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mpackh, "__MPACKH", FRV_BUILTIN_MPACKH, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mdpackh, "__MDPACKH", FRV_BUILTIN_MDPACKH, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mcop1, "__Mcop1", FRV_BUILTIN_MCOP1, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mcop2, "__Mcop2", FRV_BUILTIN_MCOP2, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mwcut, "__MWCUT", FRV_BUILTIN_MWCUT, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqsaths, "__MQSATHS", FRV_BUILTIN_MQSATHS, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Media intrinsics that take two arguments, the first being an ACC number. */
-
-static struct builtin_description bdesc_cut[] =
-{
- { CODE_FOR_mcut, "__MCUT", FRV_BUILTIN_MCUT, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mcutss, "__MCUTSS", FRV_BUILTIN_MCUTSS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mdcutssi, "__MDCUTSSI", FRV_BUILTIN_MDCUTSSI, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Two-argument media intrinsics with an immediate second argument. */
-
-static struct builtin_description bdesc_2argimm[] =
-{
- { CODE_FOR_mrotli, "__MROTLI", FRV_BUILTIN_MROTLI, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mrotri, "__MROTRI", FRV_BUILTIN_MROTRI, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_msllhi, "__MSLLHI", FRV_BUILTIN_MSLLHI, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_msrlhi, "__MSRLHI", FRV_BUILTIN_MSRLHI, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_msrahi, "__MSRAHI", FRV_BUILTIN_MSRAHI, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mexpdhw, "__MEXPDHW", FRV_BUILTIN_MEXPDHW, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mexpdhd, "__MEXPDHD", FRV_BUILTIN_MEXPDHD, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mdrotli, "__MDROTLI", FRV_BUILTIN_MDROTLI, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mcplhi, "__MCPLHI", FRV_BUILTIN_MCPLHI, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mcpli, "__MCPLI", FRV_BUILTIN_MCPLI, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mhsetlos, "__MHSETLOS", FRV_BUILTIN_MHSETLOS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mhsetloh, "__MHSETLOH", FRV_BUILTIN_MHSETLOH, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mhsethis, "__MHSETHIS", FRV_BUILTIN_MHSETHIS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mhsethih, "__MHSETHIH", FRV_BUILTIN_MHSETHIH, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mhdseth, "__MHDSETH", FRV_BUILTIN_MHDSETH, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Media intrinsics that take two arguments and return void, the first argument
- being a pointer to 4 words in memory. */
-
-static struct builtin_description bdesc_void2arg[] =
-{
- { CODE_FOR_mdunpackh, "__MDUNPACKH", FRV_BUILTIN_MDUNPACKH, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mbtohe, "__MBTOHE", FRV_BUILTIN_MBTOHE, 0, 0 },
-};
-
-/* Media intrinsics that take three arguments, the first being a const_int that
- denotes an accumulator, and that return void. */
-
-static struct builtin_description bdesc_void3arg[] =
-{
- { CODE_FOR_mcpxrs, "__MCPXRS", FRV_BUILTIN_MCPXRS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mcpxru, "__MCPXRU", FRV_BUILTIN_MCPXRU, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mcpxis, "__MCPXIS", FRV_BUILTIN_MCPXIS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mcpxiu, "__MCPXIU", FRV_BUILTIN_MCPXIU, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mmulhs, "__MMULHS", FRV_BUILTIN_MMULHS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mmulhu, "__MMULHU", FRV_BUILTIN_MMULHU, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mmulxhs, "__MMULXHS", FRV_BUILTIN_MMULXHS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mmulxhu, "__MMULXHU", FRV_BUILTIN_MMULXHU, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mmachs, "__MMACHS", FRV_BUILTIN_MMACHS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mmachu, "__MMACHU", FRV_BUILTIN_MMACHU, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mmrdhs, "__MMRDHS", FRV_BUILTIN_MMRDHS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mmrdhu, "__MMRDHU", FRV_BUILTIN_MMRDHU, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqcpxrs, "__MQCPXRS", FRV_BUILTIN_MQCPXRS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqcpxru, "__MQCPXRU", FRV_BUILTIN_MQCPXRU, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqcpxis, "__MQCPXIS", FRV_BUILTIN_MQCPXIS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqcpxiu, "__MQCPXIU", FRV_BUILTIN_MQCPXIU, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqmulhs, "__MQMULHS", FRV_BUILTIN_MQMULHS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqmulhu, "__MQMULHU", FRV_BUILTIN_MQMULHU, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqmulxhs, "__MQMULXHS", FRV_BUILTIN_MQMULXHS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqmulxhu, "__MQMULXHU", FRV_BUILTIN_MQMULXHU, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqmachs, "__MQMACHS", FRV_BUILTIN_MQMACHS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqmachu, "__MQMACHU", FRV_BUILTIN_MQMACHU, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqxmachs, "__MQXMACHS", FRV_BUILTIN_MQXMACHS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqxmacxhs, "__MQXMACXHS", FRV_BUILTIN_MQXMACXHS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mqmacxhs, "__MQMACXHS", FRV_BUILTIN_MQMACXHS, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Media intrinsics that take two accumulator numbers as argument and
- return void. */
-
-static struct builtin_description bdesc_voidacc[] =
-{
- { CODE_FOR_maddaccs, "__MADDACCS", FRV_BUILTIN_MADDACCS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_msubaccs, "__MSUBACCS", FRV_BUILTIN_MSUBACCS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_masaccs, "__MASACCS", FRV_BUILTIN_MASACCS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mdaddaccs, "__MDADDACCS", FRV_BUILTIN_MDADDACCS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mdsubaccs, "__MDSUBACCS", FRV_BUILTIN_MDSUBACCS, 0, 0 },
- { CODE_FOR_mdasaccs, "__MDASACCS", FRV_BUILTIN_MDASACCS, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Initialize media builtins. */
-
-static void
-frv_init_builtins ()
-{
- tree endlink = void_list_node;
- tree accumulator = integer_type_node;
- tree integer = integer_type_node;
- tree voidt = void_type_node;
- tree uhalf = short_unsigned_type_node;
- tree sword1 = long_integer_type_node;
- tree uword1 = long_unsigned_type_node;
- tree sword2 = long_long_integer_type_node;
- tree uword2 = long_long_unsigned_type_node;
- tree uword4 = build_pointer_type (uword1);
-
-#define UNARY(RET, T1) \
- build_function_type (RET, tree_cons (NULL_TREE, T1, endlink))
-
-#define BINARY(RET, T1, T2) \
- build_function_type (RET, tree_cons (NULL_TREE, T1, \
- tree_cons (NULL_TREE, T2, endlink)))
-
-#define TRINARY(RET, T1, T2, T3) \
- build_function_type (RET, tree_cons (NULL_TREE, T1, \
- tree_cons (NULL_TREE, T2, \
- tree_cons (NULL_TREE, T3, endlink))))
-
- tree void_ftype_void = build_function_type (voidt, endlink);
-
- tree void_ftype_acc = UNARY (voidt, accumulator);
- tree void_ftype_uw4_uw1 = BINARY (voidt, uword4, uword1);
- tree void_ftype_uw4_uw2 = BINARY (voidt, uword4, uword2);
- tree void_ftype_acc_uw1 = BINARY (voidt, accumulator, uword1);
- tree void_ftype_acc_acc = BINARY (voidt, accumulator, accumulator);
- tree void_ftype_acc_uw1_uw1 = TRINARY (voidt, accumulator, uword1, uword1);
- tree void_ftype_acc_sw1_sw1 = TRINARY (voidt, accumulator, sword1, sword1);
- tree void_ftype_acc_uw2_uw2 = TRINARY (voidt, accumulator, uword2, uword2);
- tree void_ftype_acc_sw2_sw2 = TRINARY (voidt, accumulator, sword2, sword2);
-
- tree uw1_ftype_uw1 = UNARY (uword1, uword1);
- tree uw1_ftype_sw1 = UNARY (uword1, sword1);
- tree uw1_ftype_uw2 = UNARY (uword1, uword2);
- tree uw1_ftype_acc = UNARY (uword1, accumulator);
- tree uw1_ftype_uh_uh = BINARY (uword1, uhalf, uhalf);
- tree uw1_ftype_uw1_uw1 = BINARY (uword1, uword1, uword1);
- tree uw1_ftype_uw1_int = BINARY (uword1, uword1, integer);
- tree uw1_ftype_acc_uw1 = BINARY (uword1, accumulator, uword1);
- tree uw1_ftype_acc_sw1 = BINARY (uword1, accumulator, sword1);
- tree uw1_ftype_uw2_uw1 = BINARY (uword1, uword2, uword1);
- tree uw1_ftype_uw2_int = BINARY (uword1, uword2, integer);
-
- tree sw1_ftype_int = UNARY (sword1, integer);
- tree sw1_ftype_sw1_sw1 = BINARY (sword1, sword1, sword1);
- tree sw1_ftype_sw1_int = BINARY (sword1, sword1, integer);
-
- tree uw2_ftype_uw1 = UNARY (uword2, uword1);
- tree uw2_ftype_uw1_int = BINARY (uword2, uword1, integer);
- tree uw2_ftype_uw2_uw2 = BINARY (uword2, uword2, uword2);
- tree uw2_ftype_uw2_int = BINARY (uword2, uword2, integer);
- tree uw2_ftype_acc_int = BINARY (uword2, accumulator, integer);
-
- tree sw2_ftype_sw2_sw2 = BINARY (sword2, sword2, sword2);
-
- def_builtin ("__MAND", uw1_ftype_uw1_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MAND);
- def_builtin ("__MOR", uw1_ftype_uw1_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MOR);
- def_builtin ("__MXOR", uw1_ftype_uw1_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MXOR);
- def_builtin ("__MNOT", uw1_ftype_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MNOT);
- def_builtin ("__MROTLI", uw1_ftype_uw1_int, FRV_BUILTIN_MROTLI);
- def_builtin ("__MROTRI", uw1_ftype_uw1_int, FRV_BUILTIN_MROTRI);
- def_builtin ("__MWCUT", uw1_ftype_uw2_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MWCUT);
- def_builtin ("__MAVEH", uw1_ftype_uw1_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MAVEH);
- def_builtin ("__MSLLHI", uw1_ftype_uw1_int, FRV_BUILTIN_MSLLHI);
- def_builtin ("__MSRLHI", uw1_ftype_uw1_int, FRV_BUILTIN_MSRLHI);
- def_builtin ("__MSRAHI", sw1_ftype_sw1_int, FRV_BUILTIN_MSRAHI);
- def_builtin ("__MSATHS", sw1_ftype_sw1_sw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MSATHS);
- def_builtin ("__MSATHU", uw1_ftype_uw1_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MSATHU);
- def_builtin ("__MADDHSS", sw1_ftype_sw1_sw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MADDHSS);
- def_builtin ("__MADDHUS", uw1_ftype_uw1_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MADDHUS);
- def_builtin ("__MSUBHSS", sw1_ftype_sw1_sw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MSUBHSS);
- def_builtin ("__MSUBHUS", uw1_ftype_uw1_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MSUBHUS);
- def_builtin ("__MMULHS", void_ftype_acc_sw1_sw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MMULHS);
- def_builtin ("__MMULHU", void_ftype_acc_uw1_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MMULHU);
- def_builtin ("__MMULXHS", void_ftype_acc_sw1_sw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MMULXHS);
- def_builtin ("__MMULXHU", void_ftype_acc_uw1_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MMULXHU);
- def_builtin ("__MMACHS", void_ftype_acc_sw1_sw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MMACHS);
- def_builtin ("__MMACHU", void_ftype_acc_uw1_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MMACHU);
- def_builtin ("__MMRDHS", void_ftype_acc_sw1_sw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MMRDHS);
- def_builtin ("__MMRDHU", void_ftype_acc_uw1_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MMRDHU);
- def_builtin ("__MQADDHSS", sw2_ftype_sw2_sw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQADDHSS);
- def_builtin ("__MQADDHUS", uw2_ftype_uw2_uw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQADDHUS);
- def_builtin ("__MQSUBHSS", sw2_ftype_sw2_sw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQSUBHSS);
- def_builtin ("__MQSUBHUS", uw2_ftype_uw2_uw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQSUBHUS);
- def_builtin ("__MQMULHS", void_ftype_acc_sw2_sw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQMULHS);
- def_builtin ("__MQMULHU", void_ftype_acc_uw2_uw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQMULHU);
- def_builtin ("__MQMULXHS", void_ftype_acc_sw2_sw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQMULXHS);
- def_builtin ("__MQMULXHU", void_ftype_acc_uw2_uw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQMULXHU);
- def_builtin ("__MQMACHS", void_ftype_acc_sw2_sw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQMACHS);
- def_builtin ("__MQMACHU", void_ftype_acc_uw2_uw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQMACHU);
- def_builtin ("__MCPXRS", void_ftype_acc_sw1_sw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MCPXRS);
- def_builtin ("__MCPXRU", void_ftype_acc_uw1_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MCPXRU);
- def_builtin ("__MCPXIS", void_ftype_acc_sw1_sw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MCPXIS);
- def_builtin ("__MCPXIU", void_ftype_acc_uw1_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MCPXIU);
- def_builtin ("__MQCPXRS", void_ftype_acc_sw2_sw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQCPXRS);
- def_builtin ("__MQCPXRU", void_ftype_acc_uw2_uw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQCPXRU);
- def_builtin ("__MQCPXIS", void_ftype_acc_sw2_sw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQCPXIS);
- def_builtin ("__MQCPXIU", void_ftype_acc_uw2_uw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQCPXIU);
- def_builtin ("__MCUT", uw1_ftype_acc_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MCUT);
- def_builtin ("__MCUTSS", uw1_ftype_acc_sw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MCUTSS);
- def_builtin ("__MEXPDHW", uw1_ftype_uw1_int, FRV_BUILTIN_MEXPDHW);
- def_builtin ("__MEXPDHD", uw2_ftype_uw1_int, FRV_BUILTIN_MEXPDHD);
- def_builtin ("__MPACKH", uw1_ftype_uh_uh, FRV_BUILTIN_MPACKH);
- def_builtin ("__MUNPACKH", uw2_ftype_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MUNPACKH);
- def_builtin ("__MDPACKH", uw2_ftype_uw2_uw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MDPACKH);
- def_builtin ("__MDUNPACKH", void_ftype_uw4_uw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MDUNPACKH);
- def_builtin ("__MBTOH", uw2_ftype_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MBTOH);
- def_builtin ("__MHTOB", uw1_ftype_uw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MHTOB);
- def_builtin ("__MBTOHE", void_ftype_uw4_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MBTOHE);
- def_builtin ("__MCLRACC", void_ftype_acc, FRV_BUILTIN_MCLRACC);
- def_builtin ("__MCLRACCA", void_ftype_void, FRV_BUILTIN_MCLRACCA);
- def_builtin ("__MRDACC", uw1_ftype_acc, FRV_BUILTIN_MRDACC);
- def_builtin ("__MRDACCG", uw1_ftype_acc, FRV_BUILTIN_MRDACCG);
- def_builtin ("__MWTACC", void_ftype_acc_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MWTACC);
- def_builtin ("__MWTACCG", void_ftype_acc_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MWTACCG);
- def_builtin ("__Mcop1", uw1_ftype_uw1_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MCOP1);
- def_builtin ("__Mcop2", uw1_ftype_uw1_uw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MCOP2);
- def_builtin ("__MTRAP", void_ftype_void, FRV_BUILTIN_MTRAP);
- def_builtin ("__MQXMACHS", void_ftype_acc_sw2_sw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQXMACHS);
- def_builtin ("__MQXMACXHS", void_ftype_acc_sw2_sw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQXMACXHS);
- def_builtin ("__MQMACXHS", void_ftype_acc_sw2_sw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQMACXHS);
- def_builtin ("__MADDACCS", void_ftype_acc_acc, FRV_BUILTIN_MADDACCS);
- def_builtin ("__MSUBACCS", void_ftype_acc_acc, FRV_BUILTIN_MSUBACCS);
- def_builtin ("__MASACCS", void_ftype_acc_acc, FRV_BUILTIN_MASACCS);
- def_builtin ("__MDADDACCS", void_ftype_acc_acc, FRV_BUILTIN_MDADDACCS);
- def_builtin ("__MDSUBACCS", void_ftype_acc_acc, FRV_BUILTIN_MDSUBACCS);
- def_builtin ("__MDASACCS", void_ftype_acc_acc, FRV_BUILTIN_MDASACCS);
- def_builtin ("__MABSHS", uw1_ftype_sw1, FRV_BUILTIN_MABSHS);
- def_builtin ("__MDROTLI", uw2_ftype_uw2_int, FRV_BUILTIN_MDROTLI);
- def_builtin ("__MCPLHI", uw1_ftype_uw2_int, FRV_BUILTIN_MCPLHI);
- def_builtin ("__MCPLI", uw1_ftype_uw2_int, FRV_BUILTIN_MCPLI);
- def_builtin ("__MDCUTSSI", uw2_ftype_acc_int, FRV_BUILTIN_MDCUTSSI);
- def_builtin ("__MQSATHS", sw2_ftype_sw2_sw2, FRV_BUILTIN_MQSATHS);
- def_builtin ("__MHSETLOS", sw1_ftype_sw1_int, FRV_BUILTIN_MHSETLOS);
- def_builtin ("__MHSETHIS", sw1_ftype_sw1_int, FRV_BUILTIN_MHSETHIS);
- def_builtin ("__MHDSETS", sw1_ftype_int, FRV_BUILTIN_MHDSETS);
- def_builtin ("__MHSETLOH", uw1_ftype_uw1_int, FRV_BUILTIN_MHSETLOH);
- def_builtin ("__MHSETHIH", uw1_ftype_uw1_int, FRV_BUILTIN_MHSETHIH);
- def_builtin ("__MHDSETH", uw1_ftype_uw1_int, FRV_BUILTIN_MHDSETH);
-
-#undef UNARY
-#undef BINARY
-#undef TRINARY
-}
-
-/* Convert an integer constant to an accumulator register. ICODE is the
- code of the target instruction, OPNUM is the number of the
- accumulator operand and OPVAL is the constant integer. Try both
- ACC and ACCG registers; only report an error if neither fit the
- instruction. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_int_to_acc (icode, opnum, opval)
- enum insn_code icode;
- int opnum;
- rtx opval;
-{
- rtx reg;
-
- if (GET_CODE (opval) != CONST_INT)
- {
- error ("accumulator is not a constant integer");
- return NULL_RTX;
- }
- if (! IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (opval), 0, NUM_ACCS - 1))
- {
- error ("accumulator number is out of bounds");
- return NULL_RTX;
- }
-
- reg = gen_rtx_REG (insn_data[icode].operand[opnum].mode,
- ACC_FIRST + INTVAL (opval));
- if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[opnum].predicate) (reg, VOIDmode))
- REGNO (reg) = ACCG_FIRST + INTVAL (opval);
-
- if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[opnum].predicate) (reg, VOIDmode))
- {
- error ("inappropriate accumulator for `%s'", insn_data[icode].name);
- return NULL_RTX;
- }
- return reg;
-}
-
-/* If an ACC rtx has mode MODE, return the mode that the matching ACCG
- should have. */
-
-static enum machine_mode
-frv_matching_accg_mode (mode)
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- switch (mode)
- {
- case V4SImode:
- return V4QImode;
-
- case DImode:
- return HImode;
-
- case SImode:
- return QImode;
-
- default:
- abort ();
- }
-}
-
-/* Return the accumulator guard that should be paired with accumulator
- register ACC. The mode of the returned register is in the same
- class as ACC, but is four times smaller. */
-
-rtx
-frv_matching_accg_for_acc (acc)
- rtx acc;
-{
- return gen_rtx_REG (frv_matching_accg_mode (GET_MODE (acc)),
- REGNO (acc) - ACC_FIRST + ACCG_FIRST);
-}
-
-/* Read a value from the head of the tree list pointed to by ARGLISTPTR.
- Return the value as an rtx and replace *ARGLISTPTR with the tail of the
- list. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_read_argument (arglistptr)
- tree *arglistptr;
-{
- tree next = TREE_VALUE (*arglistptr);
- *arglistptr = TREE_CHAIN (*arglistptr);
- return expand_expr (next, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
-}
-
-/* Return true if OPVAL can be used for operand OPNUM of instruction ICODE.
- The instruction should require a constant operand of some sort. The
- function prints an error if OPVAL is not valid. */
-
-static int
-frv_check_constant_argument (icode, opnum, opval)
- enum insn_code icode;
- int opnum;
- rtx opval;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (opval) != CONST_INT)
- {
- error ("`%s' expects a constant argument", insn_data[icode].name);
- return FALSE;
- }
- if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[opnum].predicate) (opval, VOIDmode))
- {
- error ("constant argument out of range for `%s'", insn_data[icode].name);
- return FALSE;
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Return a legitimate rtx for instruction ICODE's return value. Use TARGET
- if it's not null, has the right mode, and satisfies operand 0's
- predicate. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_legitimize_target (icode, target)
- enum insn_code icode;
- rtx target;
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
-
- if (! target
- || GET_MODE (target) != mode
- || ! (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, mode))
- return gen_reg_rtx (mode);
- else
- return target;
-}
-
-/* Given that ARG is being passed as operand OPNUM to instruction ICODE,
- check whether ARG satisfies the operand's contraints. If it doesn't,
- copy ARG to a temporary register and return that. Otherwise return ARG
- itself. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_legitimize_argument (icode, opnum, arg)
- enum insn_code icode;
- int opnum;
- rtx arg;
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = insn_data[icode].operand[opnum].mode;
-
- if ((*insn_data[icode].operand[opnum].predicate) (arg, mode))
- return arg;
- else
- return copy_to_mode_reg (mode, arg);
-}
-
-/* Expand builtins that take a single, constant argument. At the moment,
- only MHDSETS falls into this category. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_expand_set_builtin (icode, arglist, target)
- enum insn_code icode;
- tree arglist;
- rtx target;
-{
- rtx pat;
- rtx op0 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
-
- if (! frv_check_constant_argument (icode, 1, op0))
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- target = frv_legitimize_target (icode, target);
- pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0);
- if (! pat)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- emit_insn (pat);
- return target;
-}
-
-/* Expand builtins that take one operand. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_expand_unop_builtin (icode, arglist, target)
- enum insn_code icode;
- tree arglist;
- rtx target;
-{
- rtx pat;
- rtx op0 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
-
- target = frv_legitimize_target (icode, target);
- op0 = frv_legitimize_argument (icode, 1, op0);
- pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0);
- if (! pat)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- emit_insn (pat);
- return target;
-}
-
-/* Expand builtins that take two operands. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_expand_binop_builtin (icode, arglist, target)
- enum insn_code icode;
- tree arglist;
- rtx target;
-{
- rtx pat;
- rtx op0 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
- rtx op1 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
-
- target = frv_legitimize_target (icode, target);
- op0 = frv_legitimize_argument (icode, 1, op0);
- op1 = frv_legitimize_argument (icode, 2, op1);
- pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1);
- if (! pat)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- emit_insn (pat);
- return target;
-}
-
-/* Expand cut-style builtins, which take two operands and an implicit ACCG
- one. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_expand_cut_builtin (icode, arglist, target)
- enum insn_code icode;
- tree arglist;
- rtx target;
-{
- rtx pat;
- rtx op0 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
- rtx op1 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
- rtx op2;
-
- target = frv_legitimize_target (icode, target);
- op0 = frv_int_to_acc (icode, 1, op0);
- if (! op0)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- if (icode == CODE_FOR_mdcutssi || GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
- {
- if (! frv_check_constant_argument (icode, 2, op1))
- return NULL_RTX;
- }
- else
- op1 = frv_legitimize_argument (icode, 2, op1);
-
- op2 = frv_matching_accg_for_acc (op0);
- pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1, op2);
- if (! pat)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- emit_insn (pat);
- return target;
-}
-
-/* Expand builtins that take two operands and the second is immediate. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_expand_binopimm_builtin (icode, arglist, target)
- enum insn_code icode;
- tree arglist;
- rtx target;
-{
- rtx pat;
- rtx op0 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
- rtx op1 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
-
- if (! frv_check_constant_argument (icode, 2, op1))
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- target = frv_legitimize_target (icode, target);
- op0 = frv_legitimize_argument (icode, 1, op0);
- pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1);
- if (! pat)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- emit_insn (pat);
- return target;
-}
-
-/* Expand builtins that take two operands, the first operand being a pointer to
- ints and return void. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_expand_voidbinop_builtin (icode, arglist)
- enum insn_code icode;
- tree arglist;
-{
- rtx pat;
- rtx op0 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
- rtx op1 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
- enum machine_mode mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
- rtx addr;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM)
- {
- rtx reg = op0;
-
- if (! offsettable_address_p (0, mode0, op0))
- {
- reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, reg, op0));
- }
-
- op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, reg);
- }
-
- addr = XEXP (op0, 0);
- if (! offsettable_address_p (0, mode0, addr))
- addr = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, op0);
-
- op0 = change_address (op0, V4SImode, addr);
- op1 = frv_legitimize_argument (icode, 1, op1);
- pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op1);
- if (! pat)
- return 0;
-
- emit_insn (pat);
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Expand builtins that take three operands and return void. The first
- argument must be a constant that describes a pair or quad accumulators. A
- fourth argument is created that is the accumulator guard register that
- corresponds to the accumulator. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_expand_voidtriop_builtin (icode, arglist)
- enum insn_code icode;
- tree arglist;
-{
- rtx pat;
- rtx op0 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
- rtx op1 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
- rtx op2 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
- rtx op3;
-
- op0 = frv_int_to_acc (icode, 0, op0);
- if (! op0)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- op1 = frv_legitimize_argument (icode, 1, op1);
- op2 = frv_legitimize_argument (icode, 2, op2);
- op3 = frv_matching_accg_for_acc (op0);
- pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op1, op2, op3);
- if (! pat)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- emit_insn (pat);
- return NULL_RTX;
-}
-
-/* Expand builtins that perform accumulator-to-accumulator operations.
- These builtins take two accumulator numbers as argument and return
- void. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_expand_voidaccop_builtin (icode, arglist)
- enum insn_code icode;
- tree arglist;
-{
- rtx pat;
- rtx op0 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
- rtx op1 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
- rtx op2;
- rtx op3;
-
- op0 = frv_int_to_acc (icode, 0, op0);
- if (! op0)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- op1 = frv_int_to_acc (icode, 1, op1);
- if (! op1)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- op2 = frv_matching_accg_for_acc (op0);
- op3 = frv_matching_accg_for_acc (op1);
- pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op1, op2, op3);
- if (! pat)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- emit_insn (pat);
- return NULL_RTX;
-}
-
-/* Expand the MCLRACC builtin. This builtin takes a single accumulator
- number as argument. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_expand_mclracc_builtin (arglist)
- tree arglist;
-{
- enum insn_code icode = CODE_FOR_mclracc;
- rtx pat;
- rtx op0 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
-
- op0 = frv_int_to_acc (icode, 0, op0);
- if (! op0)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0);
- if (pat)
- emit_insn (pat);
-
- return NULL_RTX;
-}
-
-/* Expand builtins that take no arguments. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_expand_noargs_builtin (icode)
- enum insn_code icode;
-{
- rtx pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (GEN_INT (0));
- if (pat)
- emit_insn (pat);
-
- return NULL_RTX;
-}
-
-/* Expand MRDACC and MRDACCG. These builtins take a single accumulator
- number or accumulator guard number as argument and return an SI integer. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_expand_mrdacc_builtin (icode, arglist)
- enum insn_code icode;
- tree arglist;
-{
- rtx pat;
- rtx target = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- rtx op0 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
-
- op0 = frv_int_to_acc (icode, 1, op0);
- if (! op0)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0);
- if (! pat)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- emit_insn (pat);
- return target;
-}
-
-/* Expand MWTACC and MWTACCG. These builtins take an accumulator or
- accumulator guard as their first argument and an SImode value as their
- second. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_expand_mwtacc_builtin (icode, arglist)
- enum insn_code icode;
- tree arglist;
-{
- rtx pat;
- rtx op0 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
- rtx op1 = frv_read_argument (&arglist);
-
- op0 = frv_int_to_acc (icode, 0, op0);
- if (! op0)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- op1 = frv_legitimize_argument (icode, 1, op1);
- pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op1);
- if (pat)
- emit_insn (pat);
-
- return NULL_RTX;
-}
-
-/* Expand builtins. */
-
-static rtx
-frv_expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, mode, ignore)
- tree exp;
- rtx target;
- rtx subtarget ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
- int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-{
- tree arglist = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
- tree fndecl = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0);
- unsigned fcode = (unsigned)DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl);
- unsigned i;
- struct builtin_description *d;
-
- if (! TARGET_MEDIA)
- {
- error ("media functions are not available unless -mmedia is used");
- return NULL_RTX;
- }
-
- switch (fcode)
- {
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MCOP1:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MCOP2:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MDUNPACKH:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MBTOHE:
- if (! TARGET_MEDIA_REV1)
- {
- error ("this media function is only available on the fr500");
- return NULL_RTX;
- }
- break;
-
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MQXMACHS:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MQXMACXHS:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MQMACXHS:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MADDACCS:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MSUBACCS:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MASACCS:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MDADDACCS:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MDSUBACCS:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MDASACCS:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MABSHS:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MDROTLI:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MCPLHI:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MCPLI:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MDCUTSSI:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MQSATHS:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MHSETLOS:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MHSETLOH:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MHSETHIS:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MHSETHIH:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MHDSETS:
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MHDSETH:
- if (! TARGET_MEDIA_REV2)
- {
- error ("this media function is only available on the fr400");
- return NULL_RTX;
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- /* Expand unique builtins. */
-
- switch (fcode)
- {
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MTRAP:
- return frv_expand_noargs_builtin (CODE_FOR_mtrap);
-
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MCLRACC:
- return frv_expand_mclracc_builtin (arglist);
-
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MCLRACCA:
- if (TARGET_ACC_8)
- return frv_expand_noargs_builtin (CODE_FOR_mclracca8);
- else
- return frv_expand_noargs_builtin (CODE_FOR_mclracca4);
-
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MRDACC:
- return frv_expand_mrdacc_builtin (CODE_FOR_mrdacc, arglist);
-
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MRDACCG:
- return frv_expand_mrdacc_builtin (CODE_FOR_mrdaccg, arglist);
-
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MWTACC:
- return frv_expand_mwtacc_builtin (CODE_FOR_mwtacc, arglist);
-
- case FRV_BUILTIN_MWTACCG:
- return frv_expand_mwtacc_builtin (CODE_FOR_mwtaccg, arglist);
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- /* Expand groups of builtins. */
-
- for (i = 0, d = bdesc_set; i < sizeof (bdesc_set) / sizeof *d; i++, d++)
- if (d->code == fcode)
- return frv_expand_set_builtin (d->icode, arglist, target);
-
- for (i = 0, d = bdesc_1arg; i < sizeof (bdesc_1arg) / sizeof *d; i++, d++)
- if (d->code == fcode)
- return frv_expand_unop_builtin (d->icode, arglist, target);
-
- for (i = 0, d = bdesc_2arg; i < sizeof (bdesc_2arg) / sizeof *d; i++, d++)
- if (d->code == fcode)
- return frv_expand_binop_builtin (d->icode, arglist, target);
-
- for (i = 0, d = bdesc_cut; i < sizeof (bdesc_cut) / sizeof *d; i++, d++)
- if (d->code == fcode)
- return frv_expand_cut_builtin (d->icode, arglist, target);
-
- for (i = 0, d = bdesc_2argimm;
- i < sizeof (bdesc_2argimm) / sizeof *d;
- i++, d++)
- {
- if (d->code == fcode)
- return frv_expand_binopimm_builtin (d->icode, arglist, target);
- }
-
- for (i = 0, d = bdesc_void2arg;
- i < sizeof (bdesc_void2arg) / sizeof *d;
- i++, d++)
- {
- if (d->code == fcode)
- return frv_expand_voidbinop_builtin (d->icode, arglist);
- }
-
- for (i = 0, d = bdesc_void3arg;
- i < sizeof (bdesc_void3arg) / sizeof *d;
- i++, d++)
- {
- if (d->code == fcode)
- return frv_expand_voidtriop_builtin (d->icode, arglist);
- }
-
- for (i = 0, d = bdesc_voidacc;
- i < sizeof (bdesc_voidacc) / sizeof *d;
- i++, d++)
- {
- if (d->code == fcode)
- return frv_expand_voidaccop_builtin (d->icode, arglist);
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-static const char *
-frv_strip_name_encoding (str)
- const char *str;
-{
- while (*str == '*' || *str == SDATA_FLAG_CHAR)
- str++;
- return str;
-}
-
-static bool
-frv_in_small_data_p (decl)
- tree decl;
-{
- HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl));
-
- return symbol_ref_small_data_p (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0))
- && size > 0 && size <= g_switch_value;
-}